DA42 NG AFM r1 Complete

DA 42 NG AFM
Introduction
Intentionally left blank.
Page 0 - 0a
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. # 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
Introduction
FOREWORD We congratulate you on the acquisition of your new DIAMOND DA 42 NG. Skillful operation of an airplane increases both safety and the enjoyment of flying. Please take the time therefore, to familiarize yourself with your new DIAMOND DA 42 NG. This airplane may only be operated in accordance with the procedures and operating limitations of this Airplane Flight Manual. Before this airplane is operated for the first time, the pilot must familiarize himself with the complete contents of this Airplane Flight Manual. In the event that you have obtained your DIAMOND DA 42 NG second-hand, please let us know your address, so that we can supply you with the publications necessary for the safe operation of your airplane. This document is protected by copyright. All associated rights, in particular those of translation, reprinting, radio transmission, reproduction by photo-mechanical or similar means and storing in data processing facilities, in whole or part, are reserved. Copyright by: DIAMOND AIRCRAFT INDUSTRIES GMBH N.A. Otto-Strasse 5 A-2700 Wiener Neustadt, Austria Phone. : +43-2622-26700 Fax : +43-2622-26780 E-Mail : [email protected]
Doc. # 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 0 - 1
Introduction
DA 42 NG AFM
0.1
APPROVAL
The content of approved chapters is approved by EASA. All other content is approved by DAI under the authority of EASA DOA No. EASA.21J.052 in accordance with Part 21.
0.2
RECORD OF REVISIONS
All revisions of this manual, with the exception of Temporary Revisions, updates of the modification level (Section 1.1), updated mass and balance information (Section 6.3), updates of the Equipment Inventory (Section 6.5), and updates of the List of Supplements (Section 9.2) must be recorded in the following table. The new or amended text is indicated by a vertical black line at the left hand side of the revised page, with the revision number and date appearing at the bottom of the page. If pages are revised which contain information valid for your particular serial number (modification level of the airplane, weighing data, Equipment Inventory, List of Supplements), then this information must be transferred to the new pages in hand-writing. Temporary Revisions, if applicable, are inserted behind the cover page of this manual. Temporary Revisions are used to provide information on systems or equipment until the next 'permanent' Revision of the Airplane Flight Manual. When a 'permanent' Revision covers a Mandatory or Optional Design Change Advisory (MM or OM), then the corresponding Temporary Revision is superseded. For example: If Revision 5 covers OM 42-039, then the Temporary Revision TR OM-42-039 is superseded by the 'permanent' Revision 5.
Page 0 - 2
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. # 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
Introduction
Rev. Reason No.
Chap- Page(s) ter
Date of Revision
EASA ACG Approval No. Compliance
Date Inserted
Signature
Doc. # 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 0 - 3
Introduction
DA 42 NG AFM
0.3
Ch.
0
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Page
0-0 0-0a 0-1 0-2 0-3 0-4 0-5 0-6 0-7 0-8 0-9 0-10 0-11 0-12 0-13 0-14
Date
18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009
Ch.
1
Page
1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-6 1-7 1-8 1-9 1-10 1-11 1-12 1-13 1-14 1-15 1-16 1-17 1-18 1-19 1-20 1-21 1-22 1-23 1-24
Date 18-Feb-2009
18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009
Page 0 - 4
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. # 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
Introduction
Ch.
2
Page
appr. 2-1 appr. 2-2 appr. 2-3 appr. 2-4 appr. 2-5 appr. 2-6 appr. 2-7 appr. 2-8 appr. 2-9 appr. 2-10 appr. 2-11 appr. 2-12 appr. 2-13 appr. 2-14 appr. 2-15 appr. 2-16 appr. 2-17 appr. 2-18 appr. 2-19 appr. 2-20 appr. 2-21 appr. 2-22 appr. 2-23 appr. 2-24 appr. 2-25 appr. 2-26 appr. 2-27
Date
18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009
Ch.
2
Page
appr. 2-28 appr. 2-29 appr. 2-30 appr. 2-31 appr. 2-32 appr. 2-33 appr. 2-34 appr. 2-35 appr. 2-36 appr. 2-37 appr. 2-38 appr. 2-39 appr. 2-40
Date
18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009
Doc. # 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 0 - 5
Introduction
DA 42 NG AFM
Ch.
3
Page
3-1 3-2 3-3 3-4 3-5 3-6 3-7 3-8 3-9 3-10 3-11 3-12 3-13 3-14 3-15 3-16 3-17 3-18 3-19 3-20 3-21 3-22 3-23 3-24 3-25 3-26 3-27 3-28
Date
18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009
Ch.
3
Page
3-29 3-30 3-31 3-32 3-33 3-34 3-35 3-36 3-37 3-38 3-39 3-40 3-41 3-42 3-43 3-44 3-45 3-46 3-47 3-48 3-49 3-50 3-51 3-52 3-53 3-54 3-55 3-56
Date
Page 0 - 6
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. # 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
Introduction
Ch.
3
Page
3-57 3-58 3-59 3-60 3-61 3-62 3-63 3-64 3-65 3-66 3-67 3-68 3-69 3-70
Date
18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009
Ch.
4A
Page
4A-11 4A-12 4A-13 4A-14 4A-15 4A-16 4A-17 4A-18 4A-19 4A-20 4A-21 4A-22 4A-23 4A-24 4A-25 4A-26 4A-27
Date
Ch.
4A
Page
4A-1 4A-2 4A-3 4A-4 4A-5 4A-6 4A-7 4A-8 4A-9 4A-10
Date
18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009
4A-28 4A-29 4A-30 4A-31 4A-32 4A-33 4A-34 4A-35 4A-36 4A-37 4A-38
Doc. # 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 0 - 7
Introduction
DA 42 NG AFM
Ch.
4A
Page
4A-39 4A-40 4A-41 4A-42 4A-43 4A-44 4A-45 4A-46 4A-47 4A-48 4A-49 4A-50 4A-51 4A-52 4A-53 4A-54 4A-55 4A-56 4A-57 4A-58 4A-59 4A-60 4A-61 4A-62 4A-63 4A-64
Date
18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009
Ch.
4B
Page
4B-1 4B-2 4B-3 4B-4 4B-5 4B-6 4B-7 4B-8 4B-9 4B-10 4B-11 4B-12 4B-13 4B-14 4B-15 4B-16 4B-17 4B-18 4B-19 4B-20 4B-21 4B-22 4B-23 4B-24 4B-25 4B-26 4B-27 4B-28
Date
Page 0 - 8
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. # 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
Introduction
Ch.
4B
Page
4B-29 4B-30 4B-31 4B-32 4B-33 4B-34 4B-35 4B-36 4B-37 4B-38 4B-39 4B-40 4B-41 4B-42 4B-43 4B-44
Date
18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009
Ch.
5
Page
5-1 5-2 5-3 5-4 5-5 5-6 5-7 5-8 5-9 5-10 5-11 5-12 5-13 5-14 5-15 5-16 5-17 5-18 5-19 5-20 5-21 5-22 5-23 5-24 5-25 5-26
Date
Doc. # 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 0 - 9
Introduction
DA 42 NG AFM
Ch.
6
Page
6-1 6-2 6-3 6-4 6-5 6-6 6-7 6-8 6-9 6-10 6-11 6-12 6-13 6-14 6-15 6-16 6-17 6-18 6-19 6-20 6-21 6-22 6-23 6-24 6-25 6-26
Date
Ch.
7
Page
7-1 7-2 7-3 7-4 7-5 7-6 7-7 7-8 7-9 7-10 7-11 7-12 7-13 7-14 7-15 7-16 7-17 7-18 7-19 7-20 7-21 7-22 7-23 7-24 7-25 7-26 7-27 7-28
Date
Page 0 - 10
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. # 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
Introduction
Ch.
7
Page
7-29 7-30 7-31 7-32 7-33 7-34 7-35 7-36 7-37 7-38 7-39 7-40 7-41 7-42 7-43 7-44 7-45 7-46 7-47 7-48 7-49 7-50 7-51 7-52 7-53 7-54 7-55 7-56
Date
Ch.
7
Page
7-57 7-58 7-59 7-60 7-61 7-62 7-63 7-64 7-65 7-66 7-67 7-68 7-69 7-70 7-71 7-72 7-73 7-74 7-75 7-76
Date
18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009
Doc. # 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 0 - 11
Introduction
DA 42 NG AFM
Ch.
8
Page
8-1 8-2 8-3 8-4 8-5 8-6 8-7 8-8 8-9 8-10 8-11 8-12
Date
18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009
Ch.
9
Page
9-1 9-2
Date
18-Feb-2009 18-Feb-2009
Page 0 - 12
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. # 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
Introduction
0.4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter
GENERAL (a non-approved chapter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 OPERATING LIMITATIONS (an approved chapter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES (a non-approved chapter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 NORMAL OPERATING PROCEDURES (a non-approved chapter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A ABNORMAL OPERATING PROCEDURES (a non-approved chapter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B PERFORMANCE (a non-approved chapter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 MASS AND BALANCE / EQUIPMENT LIST (a non-approved chapter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 DESCRIPTION OF THE AIRPLANE AND ITS SYSTEMS (a non-approved chapter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 AIRPLANE HANDLING, CARE AND MAINTENANCE (a non-approved chapter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 SUPPLEMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Doc. # 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 0 - 13
Introduction
DA 42 NG AFM
Page 0 - 14
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. # 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
General
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL
Page 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 CERTIFICATION BASIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 WARNINGS, CAUTIONS AND NOTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 DIMENSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 UNITS OF MEASUREMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 1.6.1 CONVERSION FACTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 1.6.2 CONVERSION CHART LITERS / US GALLONS . . . . . . . . . 1-18 1.7 1.8 1.9 THREE-VIEW DRAWING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19 G1000 AVIONICS SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20 SOURCE DOCUMENTATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22 1.9.1 ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22 1.9.2 PROPELLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23 1.9.3 AVIONICS SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 1 - 1
General
DA 42 NG AFM
1.1
INTRODUCTION
This Airplane Flight Manual has been prepared in order to provide pilots and instructors with all the information required for the safe and efficient operation of the airplane. The Airplane Flight Manual includes all the data which must be made available to the pilot according to the JAR-23 requirement. Beyond this, it contains further data and operating instructions which, in the manufacturers opinion, could be of value to the pilot. Equipment and modification level (design details) of the airplane may vary from serial number to serial number. Therefore, some of the information contained in this manual is applicable depending on the respective equipment and modification level. The exact equipment of your serial number is recorded in the Equipment Inventory in Section 6.5. The modification level is recorded in the following table (as far as necessary for this manual). Modification Source Installed
Ice Protection System Oxygen System Auxiliary Fuel Tanks Front Seats with Adjustable Backrest Electrical Rudder Pedal Adjustment Sun Visors
OM 42-053 OM 42-055 OM 42-056 OM 42-067 OM 42-070 OM 42-101
9 yes 9 yes 9 yes 9 yes 9 yes 9 yes
9 no 9 no 9 no 9 no 9 no 9 no
Page 1 - 2
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
General
This Airplane Flight Manual must be kept on board the airplane at all times. Its designated place is the side bag of the forward left seat. The designated place for the Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide is the bag on the rear side of the forward left seat.
CAUTION
The DA 42 NG is a twin engine airplane. When the operating limitations and maintenance requirements are complied with, it has the high degree of reliability which is required by the certification basis. Nevertheless, an engine failure is not completely impossible. For this reason it is highly recommended for flights during the night, on top, under IMC, or above terrain which is unsuitable for a landing, to select flight times and flight routes such that reduced performance in case of single engine operation does not constitute a risk.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 1 - 3
General
DA 42 NG AFM
1.2
CERTIFICATION BASIS
The certification basis is JAR-23, published on 11-Mar-1994, including Amdt. 1, and additional requirements as laid down in CRI A-01.
1.3
WARNINGS, CAUTIONS AND NOTES
Special statements in the Airplane Flight Manual concerning the safety or operation of the airplane are highlighted by being prefixed by one of the following terms:
WARNING
means that the non-observation of the corresponding procedure leads to an immediate or important degradation in flight safety.
CAUTION
means that the non-observation of the corresponding procedure leads to a minor or to a more or less long term degradation in flight safety.
NOTE
draws the attention to any special item not directly related to safety but which is important or unusual.
Page 1 - 4
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
General
1.4
DIMENSIONS NOTE
All dimensions shown below are approximate.
Overall Dimensions Span : 13.42 m : 13.55 m Length Height : 8.56 m : 2.49 m 44 ft 44.5 ft including ACL 28 ft 1 in 8 ft 2 in
Wing Airfoil Wing Area Mean aerodynamic chord Aspect ratio Dihedral Leading edge sweep : Wortmann FX 63-137/20 - W4 : 16.29 m : 1.271 m : 11.06 : 5 : 1 175.3 sq.ft. 4 ft 2 in
Aileron Area (total, left + right) : 0.66 m 7.1 sq.ft.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 1 - 5
General
DA 42 NG AFM
Wing Flaps Area (total, left + right) : 2.18 m 23.5 sq.ft.
Horizontal Tail Area Elevator area Angle of incidence : 2.35 m2 : 0.66 m 25.3 sq.ft. 7.1 sq.ft.
: -1.1 relative to longitudinal axis of airplane
Vertical Tail Area Rudder area : 2.43 m : 0.78 m 26.2 sq.ft. 8.4 sq.ft.
Landing Gear Track Wheelbase Nose wheel Main wheel : 2.95 m (9 ft 8 in) : 1.735 m (5 ft 8 in) : 5.00-5; 10 PR, 120 mph : 15x6.0-6; 6 PR, 120 mph
Page 1 - 6
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
General
1.5
DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS
(a) Airspeeds CAS: Calibrated Airspeed. Indicated airspeed, corrected for installation and instrument errors. CAS equals TAS at standard atmospheric conditions (ISA) at MSL. IAS: KCAS: KIAS: TAS: Indicated Airspeed as shown on an airspeed indicator. CAS in knots. IAS in knots. True Airspeed. The speed of the airplane relative to the air. TAS is CAS corrected for errors due to altitude and temperature. vO: Operating Maneuvering Speed. Full or abrupt control surface movement is not permissible above this speed. vFE: Maximum Flaps Extended Speed. This speed must not be exceeded with the given flap setting. vLE: Maximum Landing Gear Extended Speed. This speed may not be exceeded if the landing gear is extended. vLOE: Maximum Landing Gear Operating Speed for Extension. This speed may not be exceeded during the extension of the landing gear. vLOR: Maximum Landing Gear Operating Speed for Retraction. This speed may not be exceeded during the retraction of the landing gear. vMC: Minimum Control Speed. Minimum speed necessary to be able to control the airplane in case of one engine inoperative. vNE: Never Exceed Speed in smooth air. This speed must not be exceeded in any operation.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 1 - 7
General
DA 42 NG AFM
vNO:
Maximum Structural Cruising Speed. This speed may be exceeded only in smooth air, and then only with caution.
vS:
Stalling Speed, or the minimum continuous speed at which the airplane is still controllable in the given configuration.
vS0:
Stalling Speed, or the minimum continuous speed at which the airplane is still controllable in the landing configuration.
vS1:
Stalling Speed, or the minimum continuous speed at which the airplane is still controllable with flaps and landing gear retracted.
vSSE:
Minimum Control Speed for Schooling. Minimum speed necessary in case of one engine intentionally inoperative / idle (training purposes).
vx: vy: vYSE:
Best Angle-of-Climb Speed. Best Rate-of-Climb Speed. Best Rate of-Climb Speed for one engine inoperative.
(b) Meteorological Terms ISA: International Standard Atmosphere. Conditions at which air is identified as an ideal dry gas. The temperature at mean sea level is 15 C (59 F), air pressure at MSL is 1013.25 hPa (29.92 inHg); the temperature gradient up to the altitude at which the temperature reaches -56.5 C (-69.7 F) is -0.0065 C/m (-0.00357 F/ft), and above this 0 C/m (0 F/ft). MSL: OAT: Mean Sea Level. Outside Air Temperature.
Page 1 - 8
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
General
QNH:
Theoretical atmospheric pressure at MSL, calculated from the elevation of the measuring point above MSL and the actual atmospheric pressure at the measuring point.
Density Altitude: Altitude in ISA conditions at which the air density is equal to the current air density. Indicated Pressure Altitude: Altitude reading with altimeter set to 1013.25 hPa (29.92 inHg). Pressure Altitude: Altitude indicated by a barometric altimeter, which is set to 1013.25 hPa (29.92 inHg). The Pressure Altitude is the Indicated Pressure Altitude corrected for installation and instrument errors. In this Airplane Flight Manual altimeter instrument errors are regarded as zero. Wind: The wind speeds which are shown as variables in the diagrams in this manual should be regarded as headwind or tailwind components of the measured wind.
(c) Flight Performance and Flight Planning AGL: Above Ground Level.
Demonstrated Crosswind Component: The speed of the crosswind component at which adequate maneuverability for take-off and landing has been demonstrated during type certification.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 1 - 9
General
DA 42 NG AFM
MET: NAV: RoC:
Weather, weather advice. Navigation, route planning. Rate of Climb.
(d) Mass and Balance CG: Center of Gravity, also called 'center of mass'. Imaginary point in which the airplane mass is assumed to be concentrated for mass and balance calculations. Its distance from the Datum Plane is equal to the Center of Gravity Moment Arm. Center of Gravity Moment Arm: The Moment Arm which is obtained if one divides the sum of the individual moments of the airplane by its total mass. Center of Gravity Limits: The Center of Gravity range within which the airplane, at a given mass, must be operated. DP: Datum Plane; an imaginary vertical plane from which all horizontal distances for center of gravity calculations are measured. Empty Mass: The mass of the airplane including unusable fuel, all operating fluids and the maximum quantity of oil. Maximum Take-off Mass: The maximum permissible mass for take-off.
Page 1 - 10
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
General
Maximum Landing Mass: The highest mass for landing conditions at the maximum descent velocity. This velocity was used in the strength calculations to determine the landing gear loads during a particularly hard landing. Moment Arm: The horizontal distance from the Datum Plane to the Center of Gravity of a component. Moment: Usable fuel: The mass of a component multiplied by its moment arm. The quantity of fuel available for flight planning.
Unusable fuel: The quantity of fuel remaining in the tank which cannot be used for flight. Useful load: The difference between take-off mass and empty mass.
(e) Engine EECU: RPM: Electr. Engine Control Unit Revolutions per minute (rotational speed of the propeller)
Engine starting fuel temperature: Above this fuel temperature the engine may be started. Take-off fuel temperature: Above this fuel temperature take-off power setting is permitted. OEI: One engine inoperative
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 1 - 11
General
DA 42 NG AFM
(f) Designation of the Circuit Breakers on the Instrument Panel LH MAIN BUS: COM1 GPS/NAV1 XPDR ENG INST PITOT XFER PUMP/DE-ICE TAXI/MAP/ACL FLOOD PFD ADC AHRS GEAR WRN/ELEV. LIMIT GEAR RH MAIN BUS: MFD AH STALL WRN FLAP LDG LT/START INST LT/ NAV LT AV/CDU/FAN AVIONIC BUS AV CONT./AP. WRN. Multi Function Display Artificial Horizon Stall Warning System Flap System Landing Light / Start Instrument-, Navigation (Position) Light Avionic-, CDU-Cooling Fans Avionic Bus Avionic Control / Autopilot Warning (not used) COM Radio No. 1 Global Positioning System and NAV Receiver No. 1 Transponder Engine Instruments Pitot Heating System Aux Fuel Pump / De-Icing System Taxi-, Map-, Anti Collision Light Flood Light Primary Flight Display Air Data Computer Attitude Heading Reference System Landing Gear Annunciation / Variable Elevator Stop Landing Gear Control
Page 1 - 12
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
General
AVIONICS BUS: COM2 GPS/NAV2 AUDIO AUTO PILOT Wx 500 ADF DME Wx RDR TAS DATA LINK LH ENG ECU BUS: ECU BUS ECU B ECU A LH BUS: ALT.LH BATT LH ECU BUS: ECU A ECU B LH ECU A LH ECU B LH Alternator Battery LH ECU Bus LH ECU B LH ECU A COM Radio No. 2 Global Positioning System and NAV Receiver No. 2 Audio Panel Auto Pilot System Stormscope Automatic Direction Finder Distance Measuring Equipment Weather Radar Traffic Advisory System GDL 69A Data Link System
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 1 - 13
General
DA 42 NG AFM
FUEL PUMPS LH ENGINE: FUEL PUMP A FUEL PUMP B RH ENG ECU BUS: ECU BUS ECU B ECU A RH BUS: ALT.RH BATT RH ECU BUS: ECU A ECU B FUEL PUMPS RH ENGINE: FUEL PUMP A FUEL PUMP B RH ECU A Fuel Pump RH ECU B Fuel Pump RH ECU A RH ECU B RH Alternator Battery RH ECU Bus RH ECU B RH ECU A LH ECU A Fuel Pump LH ECU B Fuel Pump
Page 1 - 14
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
General
(g) Equipment ELT: Emergency Locator Transmitter
(h) Design Change Advisories MM: OM: VM: Mandatory Design Change Advisory Optional Design Change Advisory Variant Design Change Advisory
(i) Miscellaneous ACG: ATC: CFRP: EASA: EPU: GIA: GFRP: JAR: JC/VP: PCA: Austro Control GmbH (Austrian Airworthiness Authority) Air Traffic Control Carbon Fiber Reinforced Plastic European Aviation Safety Agency External Power Unit Garmin Integrated Avionics Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic Joint Aviation Requirements Joint Certification/Validation Procedure Primary Certification Authority
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 1 - 15
General
DA 42 NG AFM
1.6
UNITS OF MEASUREMENT
1.6.1 CONVERSION FACTORS Dimension Length [mm] [m] [km] Volume [l] SI-Units millimeters meters kilometers liters [in] [ft] [NM] US Units inches feet nautical miles Conversion [mm] / 25.4 = [in] [m] / 0.3048 = [ft] [km] / 1.852 = [NM] [l] / 3.7854 = [US gal] [l] / 0.9464 = [qts] [km/h] / 1.852 = [kts] [km/h] / 1.609 = [mph] [m/s] x 196.85 = [fpm]
[US gal] US gallons [qts] US quarts knots miles per hour feet per minute
Speed
[km/h] kilometers per hour [m/s] meters per second
[kts] [mph] [fpm]
Speed of rotation Mass Force, weight Pressure
[RPM] revolutions per minute [kg] [N] kilograms newtons [lb] [lbf] [inHg] [psi] pounds pounds force inches of mercury pounds per square inch degrees Fahrenheit
-[kg] x 2.2046 = [lb] [N] x 0.2248 = [lbf] [hPa] = [mbar] [hPa] / 33.86 = [inHg] [bar] x 14.504 = [psi] [C]x1.8 + 32 = [F] ([F] - 32)/1.8 = [C]
[hPa] hectopascals [mbar] millibars [bar] bars degrees Celsius
Temperature
[C]
[F]
Page 1 - 16
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
General
Dimension Intensity of electric current Electric charge (battery capacity) Electric potential Time [A]
SI-Units ampres
US Units
Conversion --
[Ah]
ampre-hours --
[V]
volts
---
[sec] seconds
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 1 - 17
General
DA 42 NG AFM
1.6.2 CONVERSION CHART LITERS / US GALLONS Liters 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 US Gallons 1.3 2.6 4.0 5.3 6.6 7.9 9.2 10.6 11.9 13.2 15.9 18.5 21.1 23.8 26.4 29.1 31.7 34.3 37.0 39.6 42.3 44.9 47.6 US Gallons 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 45 50 Liters 3.8 7.6 15.1 22.7 30.3 37.9 45.4 53.0 60.6 68.1 75.7 83.3 90.9 98.4 106.0 113.6 121.1 128.7 136.3 143.8 151.4 170.3 189.3
Page 1 - 18
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
General
1.7
THREE-VIEW DRAWING
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 1 - 19
General
DA 42 NG AFM
1.8
G1000 AVIONICS SYSTEM
1. The G1000 Integrated Avionics System is a fully integrated flight, engine, communication, navigation and surveillance instrumentation system. The system consists of a Primary Flight Display (PFD), Multi-Function Display (MFD), audio panel, Air Data Computer (ADC), Attitude and Heading Reference System (AHRS), engine sensors and processing unit (GEA), and integrated avionics (GIA) containing VHF communications, VHF navigation, and GPS (Global Positioning System). 2. The primary function of the PFD is to provide attitude, heading, air data, navigation, and alerting information to the pilot. The PFD may also be used for flight planning. The primary function of the MFD is to provide engine information, mapping, terrain information, autopilot operation, and for flight planning. The audio panel is used for selection of radios for transmitting and listening, intercom functions, and marker beacon functions. 3. The primary function of the VHF Communication portion of the G1000 is to enable external radio communication. The primary function of the VOR/ILS Receiver portion of the equipment is to receive and demodulate VOR, Localizer, and Glide Slope signals. The primary function of the GPS portion of the system is to acquire signals from the GPS satellites, recover orbital data, make range and Doppler measurements, and process this information in real-time to obtain the user's position, velocity, and time. 4. Provided a Garmin G1000 GPS receiver is receiving adequate usable signals, it has been demonstrated capable of and has been shown to meet the accuracy specifications for: (a) VFR/IFR enroute, oceanic, terminal, and non-precision instrument approach (GPS, Loran-C, VOR, VOR-DME, TACAN, NDB, NDB-DME, RNAV) operation within the U.S. National Airspace System in accordance with AC 20-138A.
Page 1 - 20
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
General
(b) RNAV (GPS) Approaches - The G1000 GPS meets the requirements of AC 20-138(A) for GPS based RNAV approaches. This includes RNAV approaches labeled as RNAV (GPS), provided GPS sensor data is valid. (c) The system meets the accuracy of RNP5 airspace (BRNAV) requirements of AC 90-96 and in accordance with AC 20-138A, EASA AMC 20-4, and FAA Order 8110.60 for oceanic and remote airspace operations, provided it is receiving usable navigation information from the GPS receiver. Navigation is accomplished using the WGS-84 (NAD-83) coordinate reference datum. GPS navigation data is based upon use of only the GPS operated by the United States of America.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 1 - 21
General
DA 42 NG AFM
1.9
SOURCE DOCUMENTATION
This section lists documents, manuals and other literature that were used as sources for the Airplane Flight Manual, and indicates the respective publisher. However, only the information given in the Airplane Flight Manual is valid.
1.9.1 ENGINE Address: Austro Engine GmbH Rudolf Diesel-Str. 11 A-2700 Wiener Neustadt AUSTRIA Phone: Fax: Internet: Documents: +43-2622-23 000 +43-2622-23 000 - 2711 www.austroengine.at Operation Manual, E4.01.01 Rev. 1 or later
Engine TC-Holder:
Diamond Aircraft Industries GmbH N.A. Otto-Strae 5 A-2700 Wiener Neustadt AUSTRIA
Page 1 - 22
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
General
1.9.2 PROPELLER Address: mt-propeller Airport Straubing Wallmhle D-94348 Atting GERMANY Phone: E-mail: Website: Documents: +49-9429-9409-0 [email protected] www.mt-propeller.de E-124, Operation and Installation Manual Hydraulically controlled variable pitch propeller MTV -5, -6, -9, -11, -12, -14, -15, -16, -21, -22, -25
1.9.3 AVIONICS SYSTEM Address: Garmin International, Inc. 1200 East 151st Street Olathe, Kansas 66062 USA Phone: Fax: Website: Documents: +1-(913)-3978200 +1-(913)-3978282 www.garmin.com G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide P/N 190-00963-00, latest revision G1000 Pilots Guide P/N 190-00962-00, latest revision
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 1 - 23
General
DA 42 NG AFM
Page 1 - 24
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
Operating Limitations
CHAPTER 2 OPERATING LIMITATIONS

Page 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 AIRSPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 AIRSPEED INDICATOR MARKINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 POWER-PLANT LIMITATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 ENGINE INSTRUMENT MARKINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 WARNING, CAUTION AND ADVISORY ALERTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 2.6.1 WARNING, CAUTION AND ADVISORY ALERTS ON THE G1000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 2.6.2 OTHER WARNING ALERTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 2.7 2.8 2.9 2.10 2.11 2.12 2.13 2.14 2.15 2.16 MASS (WEIGHT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 CENTER OF GRAVITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 APPROVED MANEUVERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 MANEUVERING LOAD FACTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 OPERATING ALTITUDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21 FLIGHT CREW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21 KINDS OF OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21 FUEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 LIMITATION PLACARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26 OTHER LIMITATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32 2.16.1 FUEL TEMPERATURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32 2.16.2 BATTERY CHARGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32 2.16.3 EMERGENCY SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32 2.16.4 DOOR LOCKING DEVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
EASA approved
Page 2 - 1
DA 42 NG AFM
2.16.5 ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33 2.16.6 GARMIN G1000 AVIONICS SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34 2.16.7 AUTOPILOT LIMITATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38 2.16.8 SMOKING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40 2.16.9 GROUND OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40 2.16.10 USE OF THE SUN VISORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
Page 2 - 2
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
EASA approved
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
2.1
INTRODUCTION
Chapter 2 of this Airplane Flight Manual provides operating limitations, instrument markings and placards necessary for the safe operation of the airplane, its powerplants, standard systems and standard equipment. The limitations included in this Chapter are approved.
WARNING
Operation of the airplane outside of the approved operating limitations is not permissible.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
EASA approved
Page 2 - 3
DA 42 NG AFM
2.2
AIRSPEED
Airspeed KIAS above 1800 kg (3968 lb) above 1700 kg (3748 lb) to 1800 kg (3968 lb) up to 1700 kg (3748 lb) 112 KIAS 113 KIAS 133 KIAS 188 KIAS 152 KIAS 188 KIAS Do not exceed these speeds with the given flap setting. Do not operate the landing gear above this speed. Do not exceed this speed with the landing gear extended. With one engine inoperative, keep airspeed above this limit. Do not exceed this speed except in smooth air, and then only with caution. Do not exceed this speed in any operation. 119 KIAS 122 KIAS Remarks Do not make full or abrupt control surface movement above this speed.
vO
Operating maneuvering speed
vFE
Max. flaps extended speed Max. landing gear operating speed
LDG APP
vLO
Extension vLOE Retraction vLOR
vLE
Max. landing gear extended speed
vMCA
Minimum control speed airborne
76 KIAS
vNO
Max. structural cruising speed
151 KIAS
vNE
Never exceed speed in smooth air
188 KIAS
Page 2 - 4
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
EASA approved
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
2.3
AIRSPEED INDICATOR MARKINGS

Marking KIAS Significance
White arc
62 - 113 KIAS
Operating range with flaps fully extended.
Green arc
69 - 151 KIAS
Normal operating range.
Yellow arc
151 - 188 KIAS
Caution range - Only in smooth air.
Blue radial
85 KIAS
Best rate of climb speed, single engine.
Red radial
76 KIAS
Minimum control speed, single engine.
Red radial
188 KIAS
Maximum speed for all operations - vNE.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
EASA approved
Page 2 - 5
DA 42 NG AFM
2.4
POWER-PLANT LIMITATIONS
a) Number of engines b) Engine manufacturer c) Engine designation
: : :
2 Austro Engine E4-B
d) RPM limitations (shown as propeller RPM) Maximum take-off (rpm) Maximum continuous (rpm) Maximum overspeed : : : 2300 RPM max. 5 min. 2100 RPM 2500 RPM max. 20 sec
e) Engine power Max. take-off power Max. continuous power : : 100% (123.5 kW) max. 5 min. 92% (114 kW)
f) Oil pressure (absolute) Minimum < 1500 RPM Minimum >= 1500 RPM Maximum Normal range : : : : 1.5 bar 2.5 bar 6.5 bar 2.5 bar - 6 bar
Page 2 - 6
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
EASA approved
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
g) Oil quantity Minimum Maximum Maximum oil consumption : : : 5.0 l 7.0 l 0.1 liters/hr
h) Oil temperature Minimum Maximum Normal range : : : - 30 C 140 C 50 C - 125 C
i) Gearbox temperature Minimum Minimum (full load) Maximum : : : - 30 C 35 C 120 C
NOTE
A cautionary (yellow) gearbox temperature range is not imposed by the engine manufacturer. However, there is a delay between power changes and gearbox temperature. Therefore, a cautionary range has been added to the G1000 gearbox temperature instrument solely to make the pilot attentive to the gearbox temperature approaching the maximum allowable limit. There is no specific time limit associated with operating in the cautionary gearbox temperature range.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
EASA approved
Page 2 - 7
DA 42 NG AFM
j) Coolant temperature Minimum (at start-up) Minimum (full load) Maximum : : : - 30 C 60 C 105 C
k) Fuel temperature Minimum Maximum : : -25 C 60 C
l) Fuel pressure Minimum Maximum : : 4 bar 7 bar
NOTE
The fuel pressure is not indicated on the G1000; on the system monitor a fuel pressure warning will illuminate if the pressure is below limit.
m)Voltage Minimum Maximum : : 24.1 V 32.0 V
n) Amperage Maximum : 70 A
Page 2 - 8
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
EASA approved
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
o) Propeller manufacturer p) Propeller designation q) Propeller diameter r) Prop. pitch angle (@ 0.75 R)
: : : :
mt-Propeller MTV-6-R-C-F / CF 187-129 187 cm 12 0.2 15 1 81 1 (low pitch) (start lock position) (feathered position)
s) Governor
mt-Propeller P-877-16 electrical governor with feather position
t) Oil specification
SHELL HELIX ULTRA 5W30 SHELL HELIX ULTRA 5W40
u) Gearbox oil (propeller gearbox) v) Coolant
: :
SHELL SPIRAX GSX 75W-80 Distilled water / cooler protection (BASF Glysantin Protect Plus / G48) 1/1. The freezing point of the coolant is - 38C.
CAUTION
If the coolant or gearbox oil level is low the reason must be determined and the problem must be corrected by authorized personnel.
w) Maximum restart altitude
18,000 ft pressure altitude for immediate restarts 10,000 ft pressure altitude for restarts within two minutes
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
EASA approved
Page 2 - 9
DA 42 NG AFM
x) Restart airspeed (starter)
max. 100 KIAS or airspeed for a stationary propeller, whichever is lower
Restart airspeed (windmilling)
125 KIAS to 145 KIAS
y) No intentional shutdown below 5,000 and above 10,000 ft pressure altitude.
Page 2 - 10
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
EASA approved
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
2.5
ENGINE INSTRUMENT MARKINGS
Engine instrument markings and their color code significance are shown in the tables below. Indication Red arc/bar = lower prohibited range -Yellow arc/bar = caution range Green arc/bar = normal operating range up to 2100 RPM Yellow arc/bar = caution range 2100 to 2300 RPM Red arc/bar = upper prohibited range above 2300 RPM
RPM
--
Oil below 1.5 bar 1.5 to 2.5 bar 2.5 to 6.0 bar 6.0 to 6.5 bar above 6.5 bar pressure Oil temp. Coolant temp. below -30C below -30C -30 to 50C -30 to 60C -30 to 35C --25 to 5C -24.1 to 25V -50 to 125C 60 to 95C 35 to 115C up to 92% 5 to 55C up to 60A 25 to 30V 1 to 25 US gal 125 to 140C above 140C
95 to 105C above 105C 115 to 120C 92 - 100% 55 to 60C 60 to 70A 30 to 32V -above 120C -above 60C above 70A above 32V --
Gearbox below -30C temp. Load Fuel temp. Ammeter Voltmeter Fuel qty. -below -25C -below 24.1V below 1 US gal
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
EASA approved
Page 2 - 11
DA 42 NG AFM
2.6
WARNING, CAUTION AND ADVISORY ALERTS
2.6.1 WARNING, CAUTION AND ADVISORY ALERTS ON THE G1000
NOTE
The alerts described in the following are displayed on the Garmin G1000. Section 7.10 includes a detailed description of the alerts.
The following tables show the color and significance of the warning, caution and advisory alerts lights on the G1000.
Color and Significance of the Warning Alerts on the G1000 Warning alerts (red) WARNING L/R ENG TEMP L/R OIL TEMP L/R OIL PRES L/R FUEL TEMP L/R GBOX TEMP L/R FUEL PRESS
Meaning / Cause One of the warnings listed below is being indicated. Left / Right engine coolant temperature is in the upper red range (too high / >105 C). Left / Right engine oil temperature is in the upper red range (too high / >140 C). Left / Right engine oil pressure is in the lower red range (too low / <1.5 bar). Left / Right fuel temperature is in the upper red range (too high / >60 C) Left / Right engine gearbox temperature is in the upper red range (too high / >120 C). Left / Right engine fuel pressure is low. EASA approved
Page 2 - 12
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
Warning alerts (red) L/R ALTN AMPS L/R ENG FIRE L/R STARTER DOOR OPEN POSN ERROR ATTITUDE FAIL AIRSPEED FAIL ALTITUDE FAIL VERT SPEED FAIL HDG WARN
Meaning / Cause Left / Right engine alternator output is in the upper red range (too high / >70 amps). Left / Right engine fire detected. Left / Right engine starter is engaged. Front and/or rear canopy and/or baggage door are/is not closed and locked. G1000 will no longer provide GPS based navigational guidance. The display system is not receiving attitude reference information from the AHRS. The display system is not receiving airspeed input from the air data computer. The display system is not receiving altitude input from the air data computer. The display system is not receiving vertical speed input from the air data computer. The display system is not receiving valid heading input from the AHRS. RAIM position warning. The nav deviation bar is removed.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
EASA approved
Page 2 - 13
DA 42 NG AFM
Color and Significance of the Caution Alerts on the G1000 Caution alerts (amber) A fault has occurred in the left/right engine ECU A (one reset of minor faults is possible) L/R ECU A FAIL or ECU A is being tested during FADEC-test procedure during the 'Before Take-Off Check'. A fault has occurred in the left/right engine ECU B (one reset of minor faults is possible) L/R ECU B FAIL or ECU B is being tested during FADEC-test procedure during the 'Before Take-Off Check'. L/R FUEL LOW L/R ALTN FAIL L/R VOLTS LOW L/R COOL LVL PITOT FAIL PITOT HT OFF STAL HT FAIL STAL HT OFF STICK LIMIT INTEG RAIM not available AHRS ALIGN: Keep Wings Level Left / Right main tank fuel quantity is low. Left / Right engine alternator has failed. Left / Right engine bus voltage is too low (< 25 volts). Left / Right engine coolant level is low. Pitot heat has failed. Pitot heat is OFF. Stall warning heat has failed. Stall warning heat is OFF. Control stick limiting system (variable elevator stop) has failed. RAIM (Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitor) is not available. The AHRS (Attitude and Heading Reference System) is aligning. Meaning / Cause
Page 2 - 14
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
EASA approved
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
Caution alerts (amber) L/R AUX FUEL E CHECK GEAR DEICE LVL LO DEIC PRES HI DEIC PRES LO
Meaning / Cause
Left / Right auxiliary fuel tank empty (if installed). Landing gear is not down and locked. De-icing fluid level is low (if installed). De-icing pressure is high (if installed). De-icing pressure is low (if installed).
Color and Significance of the Advisory Alerts on the G1000 Advisory alerts (white) L/R GLOW ON L/R AUXPUMP ON PFD FAN FAIL MFD FAN FAIL GIA FAN FAIL Left / Right engine glow plug active. Fuel transfer from auxiliary to main tank is in progress (if installed). Cooling fan for the PFD is inoperative. Cooling fan for the MFD is inoperative. Cooling fan for the GIAs is inoperative. Meaning / Cause
2.6.2 OTHER WARNING ALERTS Warning Alerts on the Instrument Panel Warning alert (red) GEAR UNSAFE WARNING LIGHT Illuminates if the landing gear is neither in the final up nor in the down & locked position. Meaning / Cause
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
EASA approved
Page 2 - 15
DA 42 NG AFM
Audible Warning Alerts Audible warning alert GEAR RETRACTED CHIME TONE (repeating) Resounds if the landing gear is retracted while the flaps move into position LDG or when the power lever is placed in a position below 25%. Meaning / Cause
2.7
MASS (WEIGHT)
Mass (Weight) 1510 kg 1900 kg 1765 kg 1805 kg 30 kg 45 kg 18 kg 45 kg 3329 lb 4189 lb 3891 lb 3979 lb 66 lb 100 lb 40 lb 100 lb
Value Minimum flight mass Maximum take-off mass Maximum zero fuel mass Maximum landing mass (see NOTE below) Max. load in nose baggage compartment (in fuselage nose) Max. load in cabin baggage compartment (behind rear seats) Max. load in baggage extension (behind cabin baggage compartment) Max. load, cabin baggage compartment and baggage extension together
WARNING
Exceeding the mass limits will lead to overstressing of the airplane as well as to degradation of flight characteristics and flight performance.
Page 2 - 16
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
EASA approved
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
NOTE
In some countries the beginning of a flight is defined by starting the powerplant. In those countries a ramp mass of maximal MTOM + 8 kg (MTOM + 18 lb) is approved. At the time of lift-off the maximum permitted take-off mass must not be exceeded.
NOTE
A landing with a mass between 1805 kg (3979 lb) and 1900 kg (4189 lb) is admissible. It constitutes an abnormal operating procedure. A "Hard Landing Check" is only required after a hard landing, regardless of the actual landing mass.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
EASA approved
Page 2 - 17
DA 42 NG AFM
2.8
CENTER OF GRAVITY
Datum Plane The datum plane (DP) is a plane which is normal to the airplanes longitudinal axis and in front of the airplane as seen from the direction of flight. The airplanes longitudinal axis is parallel with the floor of the nose baggage compartment. When the floor of the nose baggage compartment is aligned horizontally, the datum plane is vertical. The datum plane is located 2.196 meters (86.46 in) forward of the most forward point of the root rib on the stub wing (refer to figure in Section 6.2). Center of Gravity Limitations The center of gravity (CG position) for flight conditions must be between the following limits: Most forward flight CG: 2.357 m (92.80 in) aft of datum plane at 1510 kg (3329 lb) 2.418 m (95.20 in) aft of datum plane at max. take-off mass (see Section 2.7) linear variation in between Most rearward flight CG: 2.460 m (96.85 in) aft of datum plane at 1510 kg (3329 lb) 2.480 m (97.64 in) aft of datum plane at 1700 kg (3748 lb) 2.480 m (97.64 in) aft of datum plane at max. take-off mass (see Section 2.7) linear variation in between Refer to Section 6.4.4 for a graphical illustration of the CG limitations.
WARNING
Exceeding the center of gravity limitations reduces the controllability and stability of the airplane.
Page 2 - 18
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
EASA approved
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
2.9
APPROVED MANEUVERS
The airplane is certified in the Normal Category in accordance with JAR-23. Approved Maneuvers 1) all normal flight maneuvers; 2) stalling (with the exception of dynamic stalling); and 3) Lazy Eights, Chandelles, as well as steep turns and similar maneuvers, in which an angle of bank of not more than 60 is attained.
CAUTION
Aerobatics, spinning and flight maneuvers with more than 60 of bank are not permitted in the Normal Category. Stalling with asymmetric power or one engine inoperative is not permitted.
CAUTION
Intentional negative g- maneuvers are not permitted.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
EASA approved
Page 2 - 19
DA 42 NG AFM
2.10 MANEUVERING LOAD FACTORS
NOTE
The tables below show structural limitations. The load factor limits for the engine must also be observed. Refer to the corresponding Operation Manual for the engine. at vO Positive Negative 3.8 -1.52 at vNE 3.8 -1.52 with flaps in APP or LDG position 2.0
WARNING
Exceeding the maximum structural load factors will lead to overstressing of the airplane.
CAUTION
Intentional negative g- maneuvers are not permitted.
Page 2 - 20
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
EASA approved
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
2.11 OPERATING ALTITUDE

The maximum operating altitude is 18,000 ft (5,486 m) pressure altitude.
2.12 FLIGHT CREW

Minimum crew Maximum number of occupants : : 1 (one person) 4 (four persons)
2.13 KINDS OF OPERATION

Provided that national operational requirements are met, the following kinds of operation are approved: daytime flights according to Visual Flight Rules (VFR) with the appropriate equipment: night flights according to Visual Flight Rules (NVFR) with the appropriate equipment: flights according to Instrument Flight Rules (IFR) take-off and landing on paved surfaces take-off and landing on grass surfaces
Flights into known or forecast thunderstorms are prohibited.
Minimum Operational Equipment (Serviceable) The following table lists the minimum serviceable equipment required by JAR-23. Additional minimum equipment for the intended operation may be required by national operating rules and also depends on the route to be flown.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
EASA approved
Page 2 - 21
DA 42 NG AFM
NOTE
Many of the items of minimum equipment listed in the following table are integrated in the G1000.
for daytime VFR flights Flight & navigation instruments * airspeed indicator (on G1000 PFD or backup)
in addition for night VFR flights * vertical speed indicator (VSI)
in addition for IFR flights * second airspeed indicator (both, on G1000 PFD and backup)
* attitude gyro * altimeter (on G1000 (artificial horizon; on PFD or backup) * second altimeter G1000 PFD or backup) (both, on G1000 * magnetic compass PFD and backup) * turn & bank * 1 headset, used by indicator (on G1000 * second attitude pilot in command PFD) gyro (both, on G1000 PFD and * directional gyro backup) * VHF radio (COM) * second VHF radio with speaker and (COM) microphone * VOR-LOC-GP * VOR receiver receiver * transponder * second GPS (XPDR), mode A receiver (part of and mode C G1000) * GPS receiver (part of G1000)
Page 2 - 22
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
EASA approved
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
for daytime VFR flights Engine instruments * fuel qty. (2x) * oil press. (2x) * oil temp. (2x) * coolant temp. (2x) * coolant level indicator (2x) * gearbox temp. (2x) * load (2x) * prop. RPM (2x) * fuel temp. left & right tank * fuel flow (2x) * fuel px warning Lighting
in addition for night VFR flights * ammeter * voltmeter
in addition for IFR flights
* position lights * strobe lights (anti collision lights) * landing light * instrument lighting * flood light * flashlight
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
EASA approved
Page 2 - 23
DA 42 NG AFM
for daytime VFR flights Other operational minimum equipment * stall warning system * variable elevator stop * alternate means for fuel quantity indication (see Section 7.9) * safety belts for each occupied seat * Airplane Flight Manual
in addition for night VFR flights * Pitot heating system * alternate static valve
in addition for IFR flights * emergency battery (for backup attitude gyro and flood light)
NOTE
A list of approved equipment can be found in Chapter 6.
Engine Systems and Equipment All engine systems and equipment must be functional prior to airplane take-off. Any engine system or equipment failure must be corrected before next flight.
Page 2 - 24
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
EASA approved
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
2.14 FUEL
Approved fuel grades : JET A (ASTM D 1655), JET A-1 (ASTM D 1655).
NOTE
A minimum cetane number of 37 determined acc. to EN ISO 5165/ASTM D613 is recommended.
NOTE
Use only uncontaminated fuel from reliable sources.
Main Tanks US gal Total fuel quantity Usable fuel Max. permissible difference LH/RH 2 x 26.0 2 x 25.0 5.0 liters 2 x 98.4 2 x 94.6 18.9
Auxiliary Tanks (if installed) US gal 2 x 13.7 2 x 13.2 liters 2 x 52.0 2 x 50.0
Total US gal 2 x 39.7 2 x 38.2 liters 2 x 150.4 2 x 144.6
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
EASA approved
Page 2 - 25
DA 42 NG AFM
2.15 LIMITATION PLACARDS

All limitation placards are shown below. A list of all placards is included in the Airplane Maintenance Manual (Doc. No. 7.02.15), Chapter 11. The following limitation placards are in the forward view of the pilot:
Limitations for GFC 700 Autopilot System:

Autopilot / Yaw Damper DISC during take-off and landing. Do not use AP during single engine operation. Maximum speed for autopilot operation is 180 KIAS. Minimum speed for autopilot operation is 90 KIAS. Minimum Altitude for Autopilot Operation: Cruise, Climb, Descent and Maneuvering: 800 feet AGL Approach Departure : 200 feet AGL : 200 feet AGL
This airplane may only be operated in accordance with the Airplane Flight Manual in the "Normal" category in non-icing conditions. Provided that national operational requirements are met and the appropriate equipment is installed and operational, this airplane is approved for the following kinds of operation: day VFR, night VFR and IFR. All aerobatic maneuvers including spinning are prohibited. For further operational limitations refer to the Airplane Flight Manual. Operating maneuvering speed: vO = 122 KIAS (above 1800 kg / 3968 lb) vO = 119 KIAS (above 1700 kg / 3748 lb to 1800 kg / 3968 lb) vO = 112 KIAS (up to 1700 kg / 3748 lb )
Page 2 - 26
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
EASA approved
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
GPS NOT APPROVED FOR WAAS OPERATIONS
LANDING GEAR
vLE / vLOE = 188 KIAS vLOR = 152 KIAS
On the Emergency Landing Gear Extension Lever:
EMERGENCY Gear Extension Max. 152 KIAS
On the Instrument Panel: Standard Tank: max. usable fuel: 2 x 25 US gal

max. difference LH/RH tank: 5 US gal
Auxiliary Tank (if installed): max. usable fuel main tank: 2 x 25 US gal auxiliary tank: 2 x 13 US gal
max. difference LH/RH main tank: 5 US gal
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
EASA approved
Page 2 - 27
DA 42 NG AFM
Next to the Fuel Selector: Crossfeed with fuel pump ON in emergencies only
(a) Next to Each of the Two Fuel Filler Necks; (b) In Addition Next to Each of the Two Auxiliary Fuel Filler Necks (if installed):
WARNING
APPROVED FUEL
JET-A1
or see Airplane Flight Manual
Page 2 - 28
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
EASA approved
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
In Each Cowling, on the Door for the Oil Filler Neck:
OIL
SHELL HELIX ULTRA 5W30 or see Airplane Flight Manual
Next to the Flap Selector Switch:
Flaps
UP APP 133 KIAS LDG 113 KIAS
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
EASA approved
Page 2 - 29
DA 42 NG AFM
In the Cabin, on the Left Fuselage Sidewall:
Next to the Cabin Baggage Compartment:
Page 2 - 30
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
EASA approved
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
In the Nose Baggage Compartment:
Max. Baggage: 30 kg [66 lb] Beside the Door Locking Device Installed in the Passengers' Door:
EMERGENCY EXIT: The keylock must be unlocked during flight
On the Right-Hand Side of the Instrument Panel Above the Circuit Breakers:
______
NO SMOKING
______
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
EASA approved
Page 2 - 31
DA 42 NG AFM
2.16 OTHER LIMITATIONS

2.16.1 FUEL TEMPERATURE From -25 C to 60 C (from -13 F to 140 F).
2.16.2 BATTERY CHARGE Taking off for a Night VFR or IFR flight with an empty battery is not permitted. The use of an external power supply for engine starting with an empty airplane battery is also not permitted if the subsequent flight is intended to be a Night VFR or IFR flight. In this case the airplane battery must first be charged.
2.16.3 EMERGENCY SWITCH IFR flights are not permitted when the seal on the emergency switch is broken.
2.16.4 DOOR LOCKING DEVICE The canopy and the passenger door must not be blocked by the key lock during operation of the airplane.
Page 2 - 32
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
EASA approved
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
2.16.5 ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT The use and switching on of electronic equipment other than that which is part of the equipment of the airplane is not permitted, as it could lead to interference with the airplane's avionics. Examples of undesirable items of equipment are: - Mobile phones - Remote radio controls - Video screens employing CRTs - Minidisc recorders in record mode This list is not exhaustive. The use of laptop computers, including those with CD-ROM drives, CD and minidisc players in the replay mode, cassette players and video cameras is permitted. All this equipment however should be switched off for take-off and landing.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
EASA approved
Page 2 - 33
DA 42 NG AFM
2.16.6 GARMIN G1000 AVIONICS SYSTEM 1. The Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide, P/N 190-00963-00, appropriate revision must be immediately available to the flight crew. 2. The G1000 must utilize the software Garmin 010-00670-01 approved software in accordance with the mandatory service bulletin DAI MSB 42NG-003, latest version. Software Part Number System 010-00670-01 Manifest 006-B0093-( ) 006-B0172-( ) 006-B0190-( ) 006-B0193-( ) 006-B0203-( ) 006-B0223-( ) 006-B0224-( ) 006-B0319-( ) 006-B0328-( ) 006-B0329-( ) 006-C0048-( ) 006-C0049-( ) 006-C0055-( ) 006-D0159-( ) 006-D0202-( ) 006-B0261-( ) 006-B0081-( ) 006-B0083-( ) 006-B0082-( ) GPS1, GPS2 GTX1-GIA1, GTX1-GIA2 GIA1, GIA2 GEA1-GIA1; GEA1-GIA2 GMA1-GIA1, GMA1-GAI2 GRS1-GIA1, GRS1-GIA2 GMU1 PFD1, MFD1 Approved Version Function
for approved version see DAI MSB 42NG-003 latest version
GMU1 FPGA GRS1 FPGA GDC1 FPGA GRS1 MV DB GDC1-GIA1 COM1, COM2 GS1, GS2 NAV1, NAV2
Page 2 - 34
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
EASA approved
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
NOTE
The database version is displayed on the MFD power-up page immediately after system power-up and must be acknowledged. The remaining system software versions can be verified on the AUX group sub-page 5, "AUX-SYSTEM STATUS". 3. IFR enroute, oceanic and terminal navigation predicated upon the G1000 GPS Receiver is prohibited unless the pilot verifies the currency of the database or verifies each selected way point for accuracy by reference to current approved data. 4. Instrument approach navigation predicated upon the G1000 GPS Receiver must be accomplished in accordance with approved instrument approach procedures that are retrieved from the GPS equipment database. The GPS equipment database must incorporate the current update cycle.
NOTE
Not all published approaches are in the FMS database. The pilot must ensure that the planned approach is in the database. (a) Instrument approaches utilizing the GPS receiver must be conducted in the approach mode and Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring (RAIM) must be available at the Final Approach Fix. (b) Accomplishment of ILS, LOC, LOC-BC, LDA, SDF, MLS or any other type of approach not approved for GPS overlay with the G1000 GPS receiver is not authorized. (c) Use of the G1000 VOR/ILS receiver to fly approaches not approved for GPS require VOR/ILS navigation data to be present on the display.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
EASA approved
Page 2 - 35
DA 42 NG AFM
(d)
When an alternate airport is required by the applicable operating rules, it must be served by an approach based on other than GPS or Loran-C navigation, the airplane must have the operational equipment capable of using that navigation aid, and the required navigation aid must be operational.
(e)
VNAV information may be utilized for advisory information only. Use of VNAV information for Instrument Approach Procedures does not guarantee step-down fix altitude protection, or arrival at approach minimums in normal position to land.
(f) (g)
RNAV (GPS) approaches must be conducted utilizing the GPS sensor. RNP RNAV operations are not authorized, except as noted in Chapter 1 of this AFM.
5. If not previously defined, the following default settings must be made in the "SYSTEM SETUP" menu of the G1000 prior to operation (refer to Pilot's Guide for procedure if necessary): (a) (b) (c) DIS, SPD ALT, VS POSITION : nm, kt (sets navigation units to "nautical miles" and "knots")
: ft, fpm (sets altitude units to "feet" and "feet per minute") : deg-min (sets navigation grid units to decimal minutes)
NOTE
Navigation Information is referenced to WGS-84 reference system, and should only be used where the Aeronautical Information Publication (including electronic data and aeronautical charts) conforms to WGS-84 or equivalent.
Page 2 - 36
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
EASA approved
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
6. When AHRS is required to meet the items listed in the Minimum operational equipment (serviceable) table in Section 2.13 of this AFM, operation is prohibited in the following areas: (a) (b) (c) north of 70 N and south of 70 S latitudes, north of 65 N between 75 W and 120 W longitude, and south of 55 S between 120 E and 165 E longitude.
When day VFR operations are conducted in the above areas, the MFD must be in a non-heading up orientation. 7. The fuel quantity, fuel required, and fuel remaining functions on the Fuel Page (displayed when pushing the FUEL button as shown in Section 7.13) of the FMS are supplemental information only and must be verified by the flight crew. 8. The GPS is not approved for WAAS operations: (a) The G1000 integrated avionics system is NOT approved for GPS WAAS operations including GPS WAAS approach procedures such as "LPV", "LNAV/VNAV", and "LNAV +V". (b) SBAS (WAAS & MSAS) functionality must be disabled on the G 1000 GPS Status page (refer to the G1000 Pilots Guide for procedure). 9. The availability of SafeTaxi, ChartView, or FliteCharts in electronic form on the G1000 is for information purposes only, it is still mandatory to carry another source of charts on-board the airplane.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
EASA approved
Page 2 - 37
DA 42 NG AFM
2.16.7 AUTOPILOT LIMITATIONS 1. It is the responsibility of the pilot in command to monitor the autopilot when it is engaged. The pilot should be prepared to immediately disconnect the autopilot and to take prompt corrective action in the event of unexpected or unusual autopilot behavior. 2. The autopilot and yaw damper must be disconnected (using the DISC button) during take-off, landing and single engine operation. 3. Following an autopilot or electric trim malfunction, reengaging the autopilot or manual electric trim, or resetting the AUTOPILOT circuit breaker is prohibited until the cause of the malfunction has been determined and corrected. 4. The Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Diamond DA 42 NG, P/N 010-00963-00 approved revision must be immediately available to the flight crew. 5. ILS approaches using the GFC700 / flight director are limited to Category I approaches only. 6. Autopilot maximum airspeed: Autopilot minimum airspeed: 180 KIAS 90 KIAS
7. Altitude select captures below 1200 feet AGL are prohibited. 8. The autopilot must be disengaged: - below 200 ft AGL during approach, - below 200 ft AGL during departure, - below 800 ft AGL for all other phases of flight, - during single engine operation. 9. Overriding the autopilot to change pitch or roll attitude is prohibited. (Disengage or press CWS while maneuvering.)
Page 2 - 38
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
EASA approved
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
10.
The GFC 700 components must utilize the following or later approved software versions: Sub-System Software Version
GDU GDC 74 GEA 7X GPS GIA 6X GIA Audio GMAX347 GMU44 GRS 77 GTX 33X GDL 69 GSA 8X GFC 700
v9.03 v3.02 v2.07 v3.03 v5.65 v2.03 v4.01 v2.01 v2.11 v5.01 v3.20.00 v2.20 v2.00
The system software versions can be verified on the AUX group sub-page 5, "AUX SYSTEM STATUS".
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
EASA approved
Page 2 - 39
DA 42 NG AFM
11.
The GFC 700 AFCS pre-flight test must be successfully completed prior to use of the autopilot, flight director, yaw damper or manual electric trim.
12.
A pilot with the seat belt fastened must occupy the left pilot's seat during all operations.
13.
The yaw damper is an integral part of the autopilot system and must not be used separately.
2.16.8 SMOKING Smoking in the airplane is not permitted.
2.16.9 GROUND OPERATION Take-off and landing has been demonstrated on hard paved surfaces (asphalt, concrete, etc.) and grass runways.
2.16.10 USE OF THE SUN VISORS The sun visors (if installed, OM 42-101) may only be used during cruise. During all other phases of flight the sun visors must be locked in the fully upward position.
Page 2 - 40
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
EASA approved
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
Emergency Procedures
CHAPTER 3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

Page 3.1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 3.1.1 GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 3.1.2 CERTAIN AIRSPEEDS IN EMERGENCIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 3.1.3 SELECTING EMERGENCY FREQUENCY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 3.2 AIRPLANE-RELATED G1000 WARNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 3.2.1 WARNINGS / GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 3.2.2 L/R ENG TEMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 3.2.3 L/R OIL TEMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 3.2.4 L/R OIL PRES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 3.2.5 L/R GBOX TEMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10 3.2.6 L/R FUEL TEMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 3.2.7 L/R FUEL PRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 3.2.8 L/R ALTN AMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 3.2.9 L/R ENG FIRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 3.2.10 L/R STARTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14 3.2.11 DOOR OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14 3.3 3.4 AIRPLANE-RELATED G1000 CAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 3.3.1 L/R ALTN FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 G1000 SYSTEM WARNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 3.4.1 RED X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 3.4.2 POSN ERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 3.4.3 ATTITUDE FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 3.4.4 AIRSPEED FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 3.4.5 ALTITUDE FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 3 - 1
DA 42 NG AFM
3.4.6 VERT SPEED FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 3.4.7 HDG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 3.4.8 WARN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 3.5 G1000 FAILURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18 3.5.1 NAVIGATION INFORMATION FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18 3.5.2 PFD OR MFD DISPLAY FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18 3.5.3 AHRS FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19 3.5.4 AIR DATA COMPUTER (ADC) FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 3.5.5 ERRONEOUS OR LOSS OF ENGINE AND FUEL DISPLAYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 3.5.6 ERRONEOUS OR LOSS OF WARNING/CAUTION ANNUNCIATORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21 3.6 3.7 ABNORMAL ENGINE BEHAVIOUR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22 ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23 3.7.1 DETECTING THE INOPERATIVE ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24 3.7.2 ENGINE TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25 3.7.3 ENGINE SECURING (FEATHERING) PROCEDURE . . . . 3-27 3.7.4 UNFEATHERING & RESTARTING THE ENGINE IN FLIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28 3.7.5 ENGINE FAILURE DURING TAKE-OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32 3.7.6 ENGINE FAILURES IN FLIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35 3.7.7 LANDING WITH ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . 3-37 3.7.8 GO-AROUND / BALKED LANDING WITH ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40 3.7.9 FLIGHT WITH ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42 3.8 LANDING GEAR SYSTEM FAILURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44 3.8.1 LANDING GEAR UNSAFE WARNING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44 3.8.2 MANUAL EXTENSION OF THE LANDING GEAR . . . . . . . 3-46 3.8.3 LANDING WITH GEAR UP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48 3.8.4 LANDING WITH A DEFECTIVE TIRE ON THE MAIN LANDING GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
Page 3 - 2
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
3.8.5 LANDING WITH DEFECTIVE BRAKES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50 3.9 FAILURES IN THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51 3.9.1 COMPLETE FAILURE OF THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM . . . 3-51 3.9.2 HIGH CURRENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52 3.9.3 STARTER MALFUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52 3.10 SMOKE AND FIRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53 3.10.1 ENGINE FIRE ON GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53 3.10.2 ENGINE FIRE DURING TAKE-OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54 3.10.3 ENGINE FIRE IN FLIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55 3.10.4 ELECTRICAL FIRE ON GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56 3.10.5 ELECTRICAL FIRE IN FLIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57 3.11 OTHER EMERGENCIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58 3.11.1 SUSPICION OF CARBON MONOXIDE CONTAMINATION IN THE CABIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58 3.11.2 UNLOCKED DOORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59 3.11.3 DEFECTIVE PROPELLER RPM REGULATING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60 3.11.4 UNINTENTIONAL FLIGHT INTO ICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63 3.11.5 FUEL SUPPLY FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64 3.11.6 RECOVERY FROM AN UNINTENTIONAL SPIN . . . . . . . . 3-65 3.11.7 EMERGENCY DESCENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67 3.11.8 EMERGENCY EXIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67 3.11.9 AUTOPILOT OR ELECTRIC TRIM MALFUNCTION / FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68
NOTE
Procedures for uncritical system faults are given in Chapter 4B - ABNORMAL OPERATING PROCEDURES.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 3 - 3
DA 42 NG AFM
3.1
INTRODUCTION
3.1.1 GENERAL This chapter contains checklists as well as the description of recommended procedures to be followed in the event of an emergency. Engine failure or other airplane-related emergencies are most unlikely to occur if the prescribed procedures for pre-flight checks and airplane maintenance are followed. If, nonetheless, an emergency does arise, the guidelines given in this chapter should be followed and applied in order to clear the problem. As it is impossible to foresee all kinds of emergencies and cover them in this Airplane Flight Manual, a thorough understanding of the airplane by the pilot is, in addition to his knowledge and experience, an essential factor in the solution of any problems which may arise.
WARNING
In each emergency, control over the flight attitude and the preparation of a possible emergency landing have priority over attempts to solve the current problem ("first fly the airplane"). Prior to the flight the pilot must consider the suitability of the terrain for an emergency landing for each phase of the flight. For a safe flight the pilot must constantly keep a safe minimum flight altitude. Solutions for various adverse scenarios should be thought over in advance. This should prevent a situation where the pilot is faced with an emergency he cannot handle calmly and with determination.
Page 3 - 4
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
3.1.2 CERTAIN AIRSPEEDS IN EMERGENCIES
Event One engine inoperative minimum control speed (air) vMCA One engine inoperative speed for best rate of climb vYSE
76 KIAS 85 KIAS
3.1.3 SELECTING EMERGENCY FREQUENCY In an in-flight emergency, depressing and holding the Com transfer button on the G1000 for 2 seconds will tune the emergency frequency of 121.500 MHz. If the display is available, it will also show it in the "Active" frequency window.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 3 - 5
DA 42 NG AFM
3.2
AIRPLANE-RELATED G1000 WARNINGS
3.2.1 WARNINGS / GENERAL "Warning" means that the non-observation of the corresponding procedure leads to an immediate or important degradation in flight safety. The warning text is displayed in red color. A warning chime tone of 1.5 seconds duration will sound and repeat without delay until the alarm is acknowledged by the crew.
3.2.2 L/R ENG TEMP L/R ENG TEMP Left / Right engine coolant temperature is in the upper red range (too high / above 105 C)
Coolant temperatures above the limit value of 105 C can lead to a total loss of power due to engine failure. Check G1000 for L/R COOL LVL caution message (low coolant level)
L/R COOL LVL caution message not displayed: During climb: Reduce power on affected engine by 10 % or more as required. Increase airspeed by 10 KIAS or more as required. If the coolant temperature does not reach the green range within 60 seconds, reduce power on affected engine as far as possible and increase airspeed.
CONTINUED
Page 3 - 6
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
During cruise: Reduce power on affected engine. Increase airspeed. Check coolant temperature in green range.
CAUTION
If high coolant temperature is indicated and the L/R COOL LVL caution message is not displayed, it can be assumed that there is no technical defect in the cooling system and that the above mentioned procedure can decrease the temperature(s). This might not be the case if the coolant temperature does not return to the green range. In this case perform a precautionary landing on the nearest suitable airfield. Prepare for an engine failure in accordance with 3.7.6 - ENGINE FAILURES IN FLIGHT. END OF CHECKLIST
L/R COOL LVL caution message displayed: Reduce power on affected engine. Expect loss of coolant.
WARNING
A further increase in coolant temperature must be expected. Prepare for an engine failure in accordance with 3.7.6 - ENGINE FAILURES IN FLIGHT.
END OF CHECKLIST
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 3 - 7
DA 42 NG AFM
3.2.3 L/R OIL TEMP L/R OIL TEMP Left / Right engine oil temperature is in the upper red range (too high / above 140 C).
Oil temperatures above the limit value of 140 C can lead to a total loss of power due to engine failure. Check oil pressure.
If the oil pressure is outside of the green range (lower limit): Reduce power on affected engine. Expect loss of engine oil.
WARNING
A further increase in oil temperature must be expected. Prepare for an engine failure in accordance with 3.7.6 - ENGINE FAILURES IN FLIGHT.
If the oil pressure is within the green range: Reduce power on affected engine. Increase airspeed.
CONTINUED
Page 3 - 8
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
CAUTION
If high oil temperature is announced and the oil pressure indication is within the green range, it can be assumed that there is no technical defect in the engine oil system and that the above mentioned procedure can decrease the temperature(s). This might not be the case if the oil temperature does not return to the green range. In this case perform a precautionary landing on the nearest suitable airfield. Prepare for an engine failure in accordance with 3.7.6 - ENGINE FAILURES IN FLIGHT.
END OF CHECKLIST
3.2.4 L/R OIL PRES L/R OIL PRES Left / Right engine oil pressure is in the lower red range (too low / below 1.5 bar).
Oil pressures below the limit value of 1.5 bar can lead to a total loss of power due to engine failure.
Reduce power on affected engine. Expect loss of oil.
WARNING
Land at the nearest suitable airfield. Prepare for an engine failure in accordance with 3.7.6 - ENGINE FAILURES IN FLIGHT. END OF CHECKLIST
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 3 - 9
DA 42 NG AFM
3.2.5 L/R GBOX TEMP Left / Right engine gearbox temperature is in the upper red range (too high / above 120 C).
L/R GBOX TEMP
Gearbox temperatures above the limit value of 120 C can lead to a total loss of power due to engine failure. Reduce power on affected engine. Increase airspeed.
CAUTION
At high ambient temperature conditions and/or at low airspeeds with high power settings, it can be assumed that there is no technical defect in the gearbox and that the above mentioned procedure will decrease the temperature(s). This might not be the case if the gearbox temperature does not return to the green range. In this case perform a precautionary landing on the nearest suitable airfield. Prepare for an engine failure in accordance with 3.7.6 - ENGINE FAILURES IN FLIGHT.
END OF CHECKLIST
Page 3 - 10
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
3.2.6 L/R FUEL TEMP Left / Right fuel temperature is in the upper red range (too high / above 60 C).
L/R FUEL TEMP
Fuel temperatures above the limit value of 60 C can lead to a noticeable reduction of the high pressure pump efficiency. Reduce power on affected engine. Increase airspeed.
CAUTION
At high ambient temperature conditions and/or at low airspeeds with high power settings and low fuel quantities, it can be assumed that the above mentioned procedure will decrease the temperature(s). If the fuel temperature does not return to the green range, perform a precautionary landing on the nearest suitable airfield.
NOTE
Increased fuel temperature can occur when the fuel quantity in the main tank is low. If the auxiliary tank is installed the fuel temperature can be decreased by transferring fuel from the auxiliary to the main tank.
END OF CHECKLIST
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 3 - 11
DA 42 NG AFM
3.2.7 L/R FUEL PRESS L/R FUEL PRESS Left / Right engine fuel pressure is low.
1. Fuel quantity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check 2. FUEL SELECTOR of affected engine . . . . . . check ON 3. Fuel pump of affected engine . . . . . . . . . . . . ON if L/R FUEL PRESS warning remains: 4. Fuel pump of affected engine . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF 5. FUEL SELECTOR of affected engine . . . . . . CROSSFEED if L/R FUEL PRESS warning still remains:
WARNING
Imminent engine failure must be expected. Prepare for an engine failure in accordance with 3.7.6 - ENGINE FAILURE IN FLIGHT. END OF CHECKLIST
3.2.8 L/R ALTN AMPS Left / Right engine alternator output is in the upper red range (too high / above 70 amps).
L/R ALTN AMPS
Proceed according to: 3.9.2 - HIGH CURRENT
Page 3 - 12
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
3.2.9 L/R ENG FIRE L/R ENG FIRE Left / Right engine fire detected.
Engine fire can lead to a total loss of power due to engine failure as well as severe structural damage.
Proceed according to the following procedures as applicable:
3.10.1 - ENGINE FIRE ON GROUND 3.10.2 - ENGINE FIRE DURING TAKE-OFF 3.10.3 - ENGINE FIRE IN FLIGHT
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 3 - 13
DA 42 NG AFM
3.2.10 L/R STARTER L/R STARTER Left / Right engine starter is engaged.
Proceed according to:
3.9.3 - STARTER MALFUNCTION
3.2.11 DOOR OPEN Front and/or rear canopy and/or baggage door are/is not closed and locked.
DOOR OPEN
Proceed according to:
3.11.2 - UNLOCKED DOORS
Page 3 - 14
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
3.3
AIRPLANE-RELATED G1000 CAUTIONS
3.3.1 L/R ALTN FAIL L/R ALTN FAIL Left / Right engine alternator has failed.
(a) One Alternator Failed Proceed according to: 4B.4.6 - L/R ALTN FAIL
(b) Both Alternators Failed
WARNING
If both alternators fail at the same time, reduce all electrical equipment to a minimum. Expect battery power to last 30 minutes and land the airplane as soon as possible. Expect engine stoppage after this period of time.
1. AVIONICS MASTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF 2. LH / RH Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF 3. XPDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STBY 4. LANDING GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . down, when down and locked pull Emergency Release 5. Stall / Pitot heat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF 6. All lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF END OF CHECKLIST
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 3 - 15
DA 42 NG AFM
3.4
G1000 SYSTEM WARNINGS
3.4.1 RED X A red X through any display field, such as COM frequencies, NAV frequencies, or engine data, indicates that display field is not receiving valid data. 3.4.2 POSN ERROR The system will flag and no longer provide GPS based navigational guidance.
POSN ERROR
Revert to the G1000 VOR/ILS receivers or an alternate means of navigation other than the G1000 GPS receivers.
3.4.3 ATTITUDE FAIL ATTITUDE FAIL The display system is not receiving attitude reference information from the AHRS; accompanied by the removal of sky/ground presentation and a red X over the attitude area.
Revert to the standby attitude indicator.
3.4.4 AIRSPEED FAIL AIRSPEED FAIL The display system is not receiving airspeed input from the air data computer; accompanied by a red X through the airspeed display.
Revert to the standby airspeed indicator.
Page 3 - 16
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
3.4.5 ALTITUDE FAIL ALTITUDE FAIL The display system is not receiving altitude input from the air data computer; accompanied by a red X through the altimeter display.
Revert to the standby altimeter.
3.4.6 VERT SPEED FAIL VERT SPEED FAIL The display system is not receiving vertical speed input from the air data computer; accompanied by a red X through the vertical speed display.
Determine vertical speed based on the change of altitude information.
3.4.7 HDG HDG The display system is not receiving valid heading input from the AHRS; accompanied by a red X through the digital heading display.
Revert to the emergency compass.
3.4.8 WARN WARN RAIM position warning - nav deviation bar removed.
1. CDI softkey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . switch to VOR/LOC
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 3 - 17
DA 42 NG AFM
3.5
G1000 FAILURES
3.5.1 NAVIGATION INFORMATION FAILURE If Garmin G1000 GPS navigation information is not available or invalid, utilize remaining operational navigation equipment as required.
3.5.2 PFD OR MFD DISPLAY FAILURE 1. DISPLAY BACKUP button on audio panel . . PUSH Automatic Entry of Display Revisionary Mode If the PFD and MFD have automatically entered reversionary mode, use the following procedure. (a) DISPLAY BACKUP button on audio panel ...... PUSH (button will be OUT)
NOTE
After automatic entry of reversionary mode, the pilot must press the DISPLAY BACKUP button on the audio panel. After the DISPLAY BACKUP button has been pushed, the system will remain in reversionary mode even if the problem causing the automatic entry of reversionary mode is resolved. A maximum of one attempt to return to normal mode is approved using the following procedure.
Page 3 - 18
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
(b) DISPLAY BACKUP button on audio panel ...... PUSH (button will be IN) If the system returns to normal mode, leave the DISPLAY BACKUP button IN and continue. lf the system remains in reversionary mode, or abnormal display behavior such as display flashing occurs, then return the DISPLAY BACKUP button to the OUT position.
3.5.3 AHRS FAILURE
NOTE
A failure of the Attitude and Heading Reference System (AHRS) is indicated by a removal of the sky/ground presentation and a red X and a yellow "AHRS FAILURE" shown on the PFD. The digital heading presentation will be replaced with a yellow "HDG" and the compass rose digits will be removed. The course pointer will indicate straight up and course may be set using the digital window.
1. Use standby attitude indicator, emergency compass and navigation map 2. Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . set using digital window
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 3 - 19
DA 42 NG AFM
3.5.4 AIR DATA COMPUTER (ADC) FAILURE
NOTE
Complete loss of the Air Data Computer is indicated by a red X and yellow text over the airspeed, altimeter, vertical speed, TAS and OAT displays. Some FMS functions, such as true airspeed and wind calculations, will also be lost. 1. Use standby airspeed indicator and altimeter.
3.5.5 ERRONEOUS OR LOSS OF ENGINE AND FUEL DISPLAYS
NOTE
Loss of an engine parameter is indicated by a red X through the data field. Erroneous information may be identified by indications which do not agree with other system information. Erroneous indications may be determined by comparing a display with other displays and other system information.
1. Set power based on power lever position, engine noise and speed. 2. Monitor other indications to determine the health of the engine. 3. Use known power settings and Section 5.3.2 of the AFM for approximate fuel flow values. 4. Use other system information, such as annunciator messages, GPS fuel quantity and flow to safely complete the flight.
Page 3 - 20
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
3.5.6 ERRONEOUS OR LOSS OF WARNING/CAUTION ANNUNCIATORS
NOTE
Loss of an annunciator may be indicated when engine or fuel displays show an abnormal or emergency situation and the annunciator is not present. An erroneous annunciator may be identified when an annunciator appears which does not agree with other displays or system information. 1. If an annunciator appears, treat it as if the condition exists. Refer to Chapter 3 - EMERGENCY PROCEDURES or Chapter 4B -ABNORMAL OPERATING PROCEDURES. 2. If a display indicates an abnormal condition but no annunciator is present, use other system information, such as engine displays, GPS fuel quantity and flow to determine if the condition exists. If it cannot be determined that the condition does not exist, treat the situation as if the condition exists. Refer to Chapter 3 - EMERGENCY PROCEDURES or Chapter 4B ABNORMAL OPERATING PROCEDURES.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 3 - 21
DA 42 NG AFM
3.6
ABNORMAL ENGINE BEHAVIOUR

1. Full power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . apply
If the abnormal engine behavior sustains, refer to 3.7 - ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE PROCEDURES.
END OF CHECKLIST
Page 3 - 22
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
3.7
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE PROCEDURES WARNING

In certain combinations of airplane weight, configuration, ambient conditions, speed and pilot skill, negative climb performance may result. Refer to Chapter 5 - PERFORMANCE for one engine inoperative performance data. In any event the sudden application of power during oneengine inoperative operation makes the control of the airplane more difficult.
CAUTION
Below 10,000 ft pressure altitude, do not attempt an in-flight engine restart if the engine has been shutdown for more than two minutes. Above 10,000 ft pressure altitude only immediate restart is possible.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 3 - 23
DA 42 NG AFM
3.7.1 DETECTING THE INOPERATIVE ENGINE
NOTE
One engine inoperative means an asymmetric loss of thrust, resulting in uncommanded yaw and roll in direction of the socalled "dead" engine (with coordinated controls). To handle this situation it is vital to maintain directional control by mainly rudder and additional aileron input. The following mnemonic can help to identify the failed engine: "Dead foot - dead engine" This means that, once directional control is re-established, the pilot can feel the control force on the foot pushing the rudder-pedal on the side of the operative engine, while the foot on the side of the failed engine feels no force. Further, the engine instruments can help to analyze the situation.
Page 3 - 24
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
3.7.2 ENGINE TROUBLESHOOTING
WARNING
Control over the flight attitude has priority over attempts to solve the current problem ("first fly the airplane").
NOTE
With respect to handling and performance, the left-hand engine (pilots view) is considered the "critical" engine.
NOTE
If the loss of power was due to unintentional setting of the POWER lever, you may adjust the friction lock and continue your flight.
Depending on the situation the following attempts can be made to restore normal engine operation: 1. Circuit breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check / reset if necessary If normal engine operation is restored continue flight and land as soon as possible. Otherwise: 2. VOTER switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . swap between ECU A and B If either ECU A or B setting restores normal engine operation then maintain that ECU setting and land as soon as possible.
CONTINUED
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 3 - 25
DA 42 NG AFM
Otherwise: 3. VOTER switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . switch back to AUTO to retain ECU redundancy If normal engine operation is restored continue flight and land as soon as possible. Otherwise: 4. FUEL SELECTOR of affected engine . . . . . . CROSSFEED
CAUTION
Switching on the fuel pump of the affected engine in combination with CROSSFEED may cause damage to the high-pressure pump. If normal engine operation is restored continue flight. Remain within maximum allowable lateral imbalance. Otherwise: 5. FUEL SELECTOR of affected engine . . . . . . ON / CROSSFEED as required 6. ALTERNATE AIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPEN 7. POWER lever of affected engine . . . . . . . . . apply power as required If normal engine operation is restored continue flight and land as soon as practicable. If normal engine operation could not be restored by following the procedures in this section prepare for 3.7.3 - ENGINE SECURING (FEATHERING) PROCEDURE and land as soon as possible.
END OF CHECKLIST
Page 3 - 26
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
3.7.3 ENGINE SECURING (FEATHERING) PROCEDURE Shut down and feathering of the affected engine: 1. Affected engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . identify & verify 2. ENGINE MASTER affected engine . . . . . . . . OFF
CAUTION
Do not shut down an engine with the FUEL SELECTOR valve. Otherwise the high pressure fuel pump can be damaged.
Securing the feathered engine: 3. Alternator affected engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF 4. Fuel pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check OFF 5. FUEL SELECTOR affected engine . . . . . . . . OFF
NOTE
The remaining fuel in the tank of the secured engine can be used for the remaining engine to extend range and maintain lateral balance by setting its FUEL SELECTOR in the CROSSFEED position. If one of the POWER levers is set to low settings the landing gear warning horn is activated. Set the POWER lever of the secured engine forward as required to mute the warning horn.
END OF CHECKLIST
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 3 - 27
DA 42 NG AFM
3.7.4 UNFEATHERING & RESTARTING THE ENGINE IN FLIGHT If the reason for the shutdown has been ascertained and there is no indication of malfunction or engine fire a restart may be attempted.
Restarting the Engine with the Starter Maximum restart altitude: 18,000 ft pressure altitude for immediate restart. 10,000 ft pressure altitude for restarts within two minutes.
CAUTION
Do not attempt an in-flight engine restart if the engine has been shutdown for more than two minutes.
NOTE
If the engine is allowed to cool down for more than two minutes a successful restart may not be possible.
Maximum restart airspeed:
max. 100 KIAS or airspeed for a stationary propeller, whichever is lower.
CAUTION
Do not engage the starter when the propeller is windmilling.
CONTINUED
Page 3 - 28
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
NOTE
At airspeeds below 100 KIAS it is possible that the propeller may windmill intermittently. Therefore, care should be taken to ensure that the propeller is stationary when engaging the starter.
1. POWER lever of affected engine . . . . . . . . . IDLE 2. FUEL SELECTOR of affected engine . . . . . . check ON 3. Alternate air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . as required 4. ALTERNATOR of affected engine . . . . . . . . ON 5. ENGINE MASTER of affected engine . . . . . . ON, propeller un-feathers 6. STARTER of affected engine . . . . . . . . . . . . engage when propeller is stationary
CAUTION
After the engine has started, the POWER lever should be set to a moderate power setting until engine temperatures have reached the green range.
END OF CHECKLIST
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 3 - 29
DA 42 NG AFM
Restarting the Engine by Windmilling If the reason for the shutdown has been ascertained and there is no indication of malfunction or engine fire a restart may be attempted.
Maximum restart altitude:
18,000 ft pressure altitude for immediate restart. 10,000 ft pressure altitude for restarts within two minutes.
CAUTION
NOTE
If the engine is allowed to cool down for more than two minutes a successful restart may not be possible.
Minimum restart airspeed: Maximum restart airspeed:
125 KIAS 145 KIAS
CAUTION
1. Do not engage the starter when the propeller is windmilling. 2. 3. Do not attempt restart below 125 KIAS. Do not attempt restart above 145 KIAS.
CONTINUED
Page 3 - 30
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
NOTE
Below 125 KIAS it is possible that the propeller may not windmill continuously. Continuous windmilling is required for a successful restart. Above 145 KIAS a restart can overspeed the propeller.
1. POWER lever of affected engine . . . . . . . . . IDLE 2. FUEL SELECTOR of affected engine . . . . . . check ON 3. Alternate air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . as required 4. ALTERNATOR of affected engine . . . . . . . . ON 5. ENGINE MASTER of affected engine . . . . . . ON, propeller un-feathers and restarts by windmilling
CAUTION
After the engine has started, the POWER lever should be set to a moderate power setting until engine temperatures have reached the green range.
END OF CHECKLIST
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 3 - 31
DA 42 NG AFM
3.7.5 ENGINE FAILURE DURING TAKE-OFF a) Engine Failure During Ground Roll
- Abort take-off
1. POWER lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDLE / BOTH 2. Rudder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . maintain directional control 3. Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . as required
CAUTION
If sufficient time is remaining, the risk of fire in the event of a collision with obstacles can be reduced as follows: 4. ENGINE MASTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . both OFF 5. FUEL SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . both OFF 6. ELECT. MASTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
END OF CHECKLIST
Page 3 - 32
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
b) Engine Failure After Lift Off If the landing gear is still extended and the remaining runway / surface is adequate: - abort the take-off & land straight ahead
If the remaining runway / surface is inadequate: - decide whether to abort or to continue the take-off
Continued take-off:
WARNING
A continued take-off is not recommended if the steady rate of climb according to Section 5.3.8 - ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE CLIMB PERFORMANCE is less than 3.3 %. Under certain combinations of ambient conditions, such as turbulence, crosswinds and wind shear as well as pilot skill the resulting climb performance may nevertheless be insufficient to continue the take-off successfully. Therefore a continued take-off with a failed engine has to be avoided if at all possible.
1. POWER lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAX 2. Rudder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . maintain directional control 3. Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vYSE = 85 KIAS / as required 4. Landing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP to achieve a positive ROC 5. FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check UP CONTINUED
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 3 - 33
DA 42 NG AFM
6. Inoperative engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . secure according to 3.7.3 - ENGINE SECURING (FEATHERING) PROCEDURE Land as soon as possible according to 3.7.7 - LANDING WITH ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE. If a diversion is required before landing continue according to Section 3.7.9 - FLIGHT WITH ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE.
END OF CHECKLIST
Page 3 - 34
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
3.7.6 ENGINE FAILURES IN FLIGHT (a) Engine Failure During Initial Climb
WARNING
As the climb is a flight condition which is associated with high power settings, airspeeds lower than vMCA = 76 KIAS should be avoided as a sudden engine failure can lead to loss of control. In this case it is very important to reduce the asymmetry in thrust to regain directional control. 1. Rudder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . maintain directional control 2. Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vYSE = 85 KIAS/ above vMCA = 76 KIAS as required 3. Operative engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . increase power as required if directional control has been established Establish minimum / zero sideslip condition. (approx. half ball towards good engine; 3 to 5 bank) 4. Inoperative engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secure according to 3.7.3 ENGINE SECURING (FEATHERING) PROCEDURE Land as soon as possible according to 3.7.7 - LANDING WITH ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE. If a diversion is required before landing continue according to Section 3.7.9 - FLIGHT WITH ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE.
END OF CHECKLIST
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 3 - 35
DA 42 NG AFM
(b) Engine Failure During Flight 1. Rudder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . maintain directional control 2. Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . as required / above vMCA = 76 KIAS 3. Operative engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . increase power up to 92% load or maximum 2100 RPM Establish minimum / zero sideslip condition. (approx. half ball towards good engine; 3 to 5 bank) 4. Inoperative engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secure according to 3.7.3 ENGINE SECURING (FEATHERING) PROCEDURE. Land as soon as possible according to 3.7.7 - LANDING WITH ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE. If a diversion is required before landing continue according to Section 3.7.9 - FLIGHT WITH ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE.
END OF CHECKLIST
Page 3 - 36
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
3.7.7 LANDING WITH ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE Preparation:
CAUTION
For emergency landing the adjustable backrests (if installed) must be fixed in the upright position.
1. Adjustable backrests (if installed) . . . . . . . . . adjust to the upright position described by a placard on the rollover bar and verify proper fixation 2. Safety harnesses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check fastened & tightened 3. Landing light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . as required 4. Gear warning horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check function Operative engine: 5. Fuel pump remaining engine . . . . . . . . . . . . ON 6. FUEL SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check ON
CAUTION
Switching on the fuel pump in combination with CROSSFEED may cause damage to the high-pressure pump.
CAUTION
If CROSSFEED is necessary with pumps ON, special maintenance is required before next flight.
CONTINUED
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 3 - 37
DA 42 NG AFM
Inoperative engine: 7. Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check secured (feathered) according to 3.7.3 - ENGINE SECURING & FEATHERING PROCEDURE not before being certain of "making the field: 8. Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . as required to operate landing gear 9. Landing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN, check 3 green 10. Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . as required 11. Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . reduce as required 12. FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . as required 13. Final approach speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 KIAS (vREF/FLAPS UP) 84 KIAS (vREF/FLAPS APP) 84 KIAS (vREF/FLAPS LDG)
WARNING
One-engine inoperative approaches for landing with flap settings of more than flaps UP are not recommended unless a safe landing is assured (Making the field). Higher flap settings increase the loss of altitude during the transition to a one engine inoperative go-around / balked landing.
14. POWER lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . as required 15. Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . as required / directional trim to neutral CONTINUED
Page 3 - 38
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
NOTE
Higher approach speeds result in a significantly longer landing distance during flare.
CAUTION
In conditions such as (e.g.) strong wind, danger of wind shear or turbulence a higher approach speed should be selected.
- Perform normal touchdown and deceleration on ground.
END OF CHECKLIST
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 3 - 39
DA 42 NG AFM
If the approach to land is not successful you may consider: 3.7.8 GO-AROUND / BALKED LANDING WITH ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
CAUTION
The go-around / balked landing is not recommended to be initiated below a minimum of 800 ft above ground. For performance data with one engine inoperative and flaps and gear UP refer to 5.3.8 - ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE CLIMB PERFORMANCE. Under certain combinations of ambient conditions, such as turbulence, cross wind and windshear, as well as pilot skill, the resulting climb performance may nevertheless be insufficient for a successful go-around / balked landing.
14. POWER lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAX 15. Rudder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . maintain directional control 16. Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vYSE = 85 KIAS / as required 17. Landing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP / retract 18. FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP Establish minimum sideslip and manoeuver for a new attempt to land. Repeat from step 1 of section 3.7.9 - FLIGHT WITH ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE.
CONTINUED
Page 3 - 40
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
If a positive rate of climb cannot be established: - Land so as to keep clear of obstacles with the landing gear extended.
If time allows the following steps can reduce the risk of fire in an event of collision with obstacles after touchdown: 19. ENGINE MASTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . both OFF 20. FUEL SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . both OFF 21. ELECT. MASTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
END OF CHECKLIST
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 3 - 41
DA 42 NG AFM
3.7.9 FLIGHT WITH ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
CAUTION
Even if a positive flight performance can be established with one engine inoperative, land as soon as possible at the next suitable airfield / airport.
1. Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . above vMCA = 76 KIAS to maintain directional control 2. Remaining engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . monitor engine instruments continuously 3. Fuel quantity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . monitor continuously 4. Fuel pump LH/RH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check OFF 5. FUEL SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . remaining engine / set CROSSFEED or ON so as to keep fuel quantity laterally balanced
CAUTION
Switching the fuel pump to ON in combination with CROSSFEED may cause damage to the high-pressure pump.
CONTINUED
Page 3 - 42
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
NOTE
If the FUEL SELECTOR is set on CROSSFEED, the engine will be supplied with fuel from the main tank on the opposite side. This will extend range and helps to keep the wings laterally balanced (see 2.14 - FUEL).
Land as soon as possible according to Section 3.7.7 - LANDING WITH ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE.
END OF CHECKLIST
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 3 - 43
DA 42 NG AFM
3.8
LANDING GEAR SYSTEM FAILURES
3.8.1 LANDING GEAR UNSAFE WARNING
NOTE
The landing gear unsafe warning light illuminates if the landing gear is neither in the final up or down & locked position. Illumination of this light is therefore normal during transit. If the light remains on for longer than 20 seconds during landing gear retraction / extension: 1. Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check below vLOR = 152 KIAS 2. Gear selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . re-cycle if continued illumination occurs If the landing gear cannot be extended to the down & locked position or red light does not extinguish: - Continue with 3.8.2 - MANUAL EXTENSION OF THE LANDING GEAR.
CONTINUED
Page 3 - 44
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
NOTE
If the landing gear cannot be retracted to the final up position you may continue the flight with the landing gear extended in the down & locked position. Consider for higher aerodynamic drag, resulting in degraded flight performance, increased fuel consumption and decreased range. With the landing gear extended and at aft CG-locations, with flaps up and full power applied, the airplane will easily recover from sideslip if the trim is set to neutral (normal procedure). Otherwise it may require corrective action with a moderate amount of rudder input. In cold ambient temperatures it may help to reduce the airspeed below 110 KIAS for landing gear operation.
END OF CHECKLIST
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 3 - 45
DA 42 NG AFM
3.8.2 MANUAL EXTENSION OF THE LANDING GEAR
NOTE
In case of a failure of the electrical pump, which is driving the landing gear actuators, the landing gear can be extended manually at speeds up to 152 KIAS. The manual extension of the landing gear may take up to 20 seconds. The following checks shall be completed before extending the landing gear manually: 1. Gear indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . test / push test button 2. ELECT. MASTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check ON 3. Bus voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check in normal range 4. Circuit breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check in / reset if necessary Manual landing gear extension procedure: 5. Gear selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . select DOWN 6. Manual gear extension handle . . . . . . . . . . . pull out
NOTE
The landing gear should now extend by gravity and relief of hydraulic pressure from the system. If one or more landing gear indicator lights do not indicate the gear down & locked after completion of the manual extension procedure steps 1 - 6 reduce airspeed below 110 KIAS and apply moderate yawing and pitching to bring the landing gear into the locked position.
CONTINUED
Page 3 - 46
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
7. Gear indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check 3 green lights
NOTE
If the landing gear is correctly extended and locked, as indicated by the 3 green lights, the red light is illuminated additionally if the GEAR circuit breaker is pulled.
If the landing gear cannot be extended to the down & locked position continue according to 3.8.3 - LANDING WITH GEAR UP.
END OF CHECKLIST
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 3 - 47
DA 42 NG AFM
3.8.3 LANDING WITH GEAR UP
NOTE
This procedure applies if the landing gear is completely retracted.
1. Approach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . with power at normal approach airspeeds and flap settings 2. POWER lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDLE / just before touchdown If the time / situation allows, the following steps can help to reduce the risk of fire: 3. ENGINE MASTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . both OFF 4. Fuel pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check OFF 5. FUEL SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . both OFF 6. ELECT. MASTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF Touchdown: 7. Touchdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . contact surface with minimum airspeed 8. On ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . maintain directional control with rudder as long as possible so as to avoid collision with obstacles
END OF CHECKLIST
Page 3 - 48
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
3.8.4 LANDING WITH A DEFECTIVE TIRE ON THE MAIN LANDING GEAR
CAUTION
A defective (e.g. burst) tire is not usually easy to detect. The damage normally occurs during take-off or landing, and is hardly noticeable during fast taxiing. It is only during the rollout after landing or at lower taxiing speeds that a tendency to swerve occurs. Rapid and determined action is then required.
1. Land the airplane at the edge of the runway that is located on the side of the intact tire, so that changes in direction which must be expected during roll-out due to the braking action of the defective tire can be corrected on the runway. 2. Land with one wing low. The wing on the side of the intact tire should be held low. 3. Direction should be maintained using the rudder. This should be supported by use of the brake. It is possible that the brake must be applied strongly - if necessary to the point where the wheel locks. The wide track of the landing gear will prevent the airplane from tipping over a wide speed range. There is no pronounced tendency to tip even when skidding.
END OF CHECKLIST
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 3 - 49
DA 42 NG AFM
3.8.5 LANDING WITH DEFECTIVE BRAKES Consider the greater rolling distance. Safety harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check fastened and tightened
CAUTION
If sufficient time is remaining, the risk of fire in the event of a collision can be reduced as follows after a safe touch-down: - ENGINE MASTER . . . . . . . . . . . both OFF - FUEL SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . both OFF - ELECT. MASTER . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
END OF CHECKLIST
Page 3 - 50
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
3.9
FAILURES IN THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
3.9.1 COMPLETE FAILURE OF THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 1. Circuit breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check if all OK (pressed in) if there is still no electrical power available: 2. EMERGENCY SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON 3. Flood light, if necessary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON 4. POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . set based on lever positions and engine noise 5. Prepare landing with flaps in the given position. Refer to 4B.5 - FAILURES IN FLAP OPERATING SYSTEM. 6. Land on the nearest suitable airfield.
WARNING
Engine stoppage may occur, depending on the failure mode. Backup batteries are installed for the ECUs to provide electrical power solely to the ECU and their systems for at least 30 minutes.
NOTE
The landing gear uplock is no longer ensured. The landing gear may slowly extend. The landing gear can be extended manually according to 3.8.2 - MANUAL EXTENSION OF THE LANDING GEAR.
NOTE
The backup artificial horizon and the flood light will have electrical power for at least 1.5 hours. CONTINUED
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 3 - 51
DA 42 NG AFM
Make use of the stand-by airspeed indicator and altimeter. Engine power can be set via visual reference of the POWER lever position. END OF CHECKLIST
3.9.2 HIGH CURRENT If high current is indicated on the G1000: 1. Circuit breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check 2. Reduce electric load to minimum required for continued safe flight. 3. Land on the nearest suitable airfield. END OF CHECKLIST
3.9.3 STARTER MALFUNCTION If the starter does not disengage from the engine after starting (starter engaged warning (STARTER L/R) on the G1000 annunciator field illuminates after the engine has started): On Ground: 1. POWER lever affected engine . . . . . . . . . . . IDLE 2. ENGINE MASTER affected engine . . . . . . . . OFF 3. ELECT. MASTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF Terminate flight preparation. In flight: Terminate flight.
END OF CHECKLIST
Page 3 - 52
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
3.10 SMOKE AND FIRE NOTE

The cabin hand fire extinguisher is located inside the airplane passenger compartment on the RH side of the cabin floor behind the co-pilot seat. To release the fire extinguisher bottle out of the bracket, it is necessary to catch the bottle at the agent-outlet nozzle near the Y-spring.
3.10.1 ENGINE FIRE ON GROUND 1. ENGINE MASTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . both OFF 2. FUEL SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . both OFF 3. ELECT. MASTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF after standstill: 4. Canopy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . open 5. Airplane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . evacuate immediately END OF CHECKLIST
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 3 - 53
DA 42 NG AFM
3.10.2 ENGINE FIRE DURING TAKE-OFF 1. Cabin heat & Defrost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
CAUTION
In case of extreme smoke development, the front canopy may be unlatched during flight. This allows it to partially open, in order to improve ventilation. The canopy will remain open in this position. Flight characteristics will not be affected significantly. Proceed according to 3.7.5 - ENGINE FAILURES DURING TAKE-OFF.
END OF CHECKLIST
Page 3 - 54
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
3.10.3 ENGINE FIRE IN FLIGHT 1. Cabin heat & Defrost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
CAUTION
In case of extreme smoke development, the front canopy may be unlatched during flight. This allows it to partially open, in order to improve ventilation. The canopy will remain open in this position. Flight characteristics will not be affected significantly.
Proceed according to 3.7.6 - ENGINE FAILURES IN FLIGHT and shut down the engine according to 3.7.3 - ENGINE SECURING (FEATHERING) PROCEDURE.
END OF CHECKLIST
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 3 - 55
DA 42 NG AFM
3.10.4 ELECTRICAL FIRE ON GROUND 1. ELECT. MASTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF If the engine is running: 2. POWER lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . both IDLE 3. ENGINE MASTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . both OFF 4. FUEL SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . both OFF When the engine has stopped / after standstill: 5. Canopy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . open 6. Airplane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . evacuate immediately END OF CHECKLIST
Page 3 - 56
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
3.10.5 ELECTRICAL FIRE IN FLIGHT 1. EMERGENCY SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON 2. AVIONIC MASTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF 3. ELECT. MASTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF 4. Cabin heat & Defrost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF 5. Emergency windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . open if required 6. Land at the next suitable airfield
CAUTION
Switching OFF the ELECT. MASTER will lead to total failure of all electronic and electric equipment. The attitude and heading reference system (AHRS) will also be affected. However, by switching the EMERGENCY switch ON, the emergency battery will supply power to the standby attitude gyro (artificial horizon) and the flood light. In case of extreme smoke development, the front canopy may be unlatched during flight. This allows it to be partially opened, in order to improve ventilation. The canopy will remain open in this position. Flight characteristics will not be affected significantly. The maximum demonstrated airspeed for emergency opening the front canopy in flight is 117 KIAS. Do not exceed 117 KIAS.
END OF CHECKLIST
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 3 - 57
DA 42 NG AFM
3.11 OTHER EMERGENCIES

3.11.1 SUSPICION OF CARBON MONOXIDE CONTAMINATION IN THE CABIN Carbon monoxide (CO) is a gas which is developed during the combustion process. It is poisonous and without smell. Increased concentration of carbon monoxide gas can be fatal. The occurrence of CO in the cabin is possible only due to a defect. If a smell similar to exhaust gases is noticed in the cabin, the following measures should be taken: 1. Cabin heat & Defrost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF 2. Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . open 3. Emergency windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . open 4. Forward canopy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . unlatch, push up and lock in "cooling-gap position
CAUTION
The maximum demonstrated airspeed for emergency opening the front canopy in flight is 117 KIAS. Do not exceed 117 KIAS.
END OF CHECKLIST
Page 3 - 58
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
3.11.2 UNLOCKED DOORS 1. Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . reduce 2. Canopy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check visually if closed 3. Rear passenger door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check visually if closed 4. Front baggage doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check visually if closed
WARNING
Never unlock the rear passenger door during flight. It may break away. 5. If it is not possible to lock the canopy or the rear passenger door, or if one or both of the front baggage doors are open, land on the nearest suitable airfield. END OF CHECKLIST
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 3 - 59
DA 42 NG AFM
3.11.3 DEFECTIVE PROPELLER RPM REGULATING SYSTEM
CAUTION
The POWER lever should be moved slowly, in order to avoid over-speeding and excessively rapid RPM changes. The light wooden propeller blades produce more rapid RPM changes than metal blades.
WARNING
In case of a malfunction of the engine control unit it is possible that the propeller blades will remain in the position of highest pitch. In this case the reduced engine performance should be taken into consideration. (a) Oscillating RPM 1. POWER setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . change If the problem does not clear: 2. Garmin G1000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check L/R ECU A/B FAIL caution if L/R ECU A FAIL indicated: 3. VOTER switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ECU B if L/R ECU B FAIL indicated: 3. VOTER switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ECU A
NOTE
If the problem does not clear itself, switch back to AUTO and land on the nearest suitable airfield. CONTINUED
Page 3 - 60
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
(b) Propeller Overspeed
NOTE
This procedure applies for continued propeller overspeed due to a malfunction in the propeller constant speed unit or a engine control unit malfunction.
1. POWER setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . reduce as required If the problem does not clear: 2. Garmin G1000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check L/R ECU A/B FAIL caution if L/R ECU A FAIL indicated: 3. VOTER switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ECU B if L/R ECU B FAIL indicated: 3. VOTER switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ECU A
CAUTION
If the problem does not clear itself, switch back to AUTO and land on the nearest suitable airfield. Prepare for engine malfunction according to 3.7.6 - ENGINE FAILURES IN FLIGHT.
CONTINUED
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 3 - 61
DA 42 NG AFM
(c) Fixed RPM 1. POWER setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . change If the problem does not clear: 2. Garmin G1000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check L/R ECU A/B FAIL caution if L/R ECU A FAIL indicated: 3. VOTER switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ECU B if L/R ECU B FAIL indicated: 3. VOTER switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ECU A
NOTE
If the problem does not clear itself, switch back to AUTO and land on the nearest suitable airfield.
END OF CHECKLIST
Page 3 - 62
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
3.11.4 UNINTENTIONAL FLIGHT INTO ICING 1. Leave the icing area (by changing altitude or turning back, in order to reach zones with a higher ambient temperature). 2. PITOT HEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON 3. Cabin heat & Defrost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON 4. POWER lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . increase power, in order to prevent ice build up on the propeller blades, apply power changes periodically. 5. ALTERNATE AIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPEN 6. Emergency windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . open if required
CAUTION
Ice build-up increases the stalling speed.
7. ATC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . advise if an emergency is expected
END OF CHECKLIST
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 3 - 63
DA 42 NG AFM
3.11.5 FUEL SUPPLY FAILURE 1. FUEL SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CROSSFEED / affected engine
WARNING
In case of a fuel supply failure a fuel pump inspection is required prior to the next flight.
2. Fuel quantity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . monitor 3. Fuel pump of affected engine . . . . . . . . . . . . ON If fuel supply failure remains: 4. FUEL SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON 5. Fuel pump of affected engine . . . . . . . . . . . . ON 6. Fuel quantity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . monitor
CAUTION
END OF CHECKLIST
Page 3 - 64
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
3.11.6 RECOVERY FROM AN UNINTENTIONAL SPIN
CAUTION
Spin recovery has NOT been shown during certification as it is NOT required for this airplane category. The given recovery method is based on general experience!
CAUTION
Intentional spins are prohibited in this airplane. In the event a spin is encountered unintentionally, immediate recovery actions must be taken. Single-engine stalling is not permitted.
CAUTION
Steps 1 to 4 must be carried out immediately and simultaneously.
1. POWER lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDLE 2. Rudder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . full deflection against direction of spin 3. Elevator (control stick) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . fully forward 4. Ailerons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . neutral 5. FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP
CONTINUED
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 3 - 65
DA 42 NG AFM
When rotation has stopped: 6. Rudder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . neutral 7. Elevator (control stick) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pull carefully 8. Return the airplane from a descending into a normal flight attitude. Do not exceed the 'never exceed speed', vNE = 188 KIAS.
END OF CHECKLIST
Page 3 - 66
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
3.11.7 EMERGENCY DESCENT 1. FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP 2. Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN 3. POWER lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDLE 4. Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . as required
WARNING
Max. structural cruising speed . . . . . . . vNO = 151 KIAS. Never exceed speed in smooth air . . . . vNE = 188 KIAS.
END OF CHECKLIST
3.11.8 EMERGENCY EXIT In case of a roll over of the airplane on ground, the rear side door can be used as exit. For this purpose unlock the front hinge of the rear side door. The function is displayed on a placard beside the hinge.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 3 - 67
DA 42 NG AFM
3.11.9 AUTOPILOT OR ELECTRIC TRIM MALFUNCTION / FAILURE
NOTE
An autopilot or electric trim malfunction may be recognized by an unexpected deviation from the desired flight path, abnormal flight control or trim wheel movement, or flight director commands which cause unexpected or contradictory information on the other cockpit displays. It may be accompanied by the aural autopilot disconnect tone, a red AFCS, red PTCH, red ROL, red YAW, red AP or yellow AP indication on the PFD, or a yellow CHECK ATTITUDE on the PFD. The autopilot and AHRS monitors normally detect failures and automatically disconnect the autopilot. Failure of the electric pitch trim, indicated by a red boxed PTRM flashing on the PFD, may not cause the autopilot to disconnect. Be alert to possible autopilot out of trim conditions (see AUTOPILOT OUT OF TRIM procedure below), and expect residual control forces upon disconnect. The autopilot will not re-engage after disconnect with failed pitch trim. If AUTOPILOT OUT OF TRIM ELE indication is present, expect substantial elevator forces on autopilot disconnect.
Page 3 - 68
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
NOTE
Accomplish items 1 and 2 simultaneously!
1. Airplane control stick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . grasp firmly and regain airplane control 2. AP DISC switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DEPRESS AND HOLD 3. Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . retrim airplane manually as required 4. AUTOPILOT circuit breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pull 5. AP DISC switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RELEASE
NOTE
When the AUTOPILOT circuit breaker is pulled, the manual electric trim and autopilot autotrim systems will be disabled.
WARNING
Do not attempt to re-engage the autopilot following an autopilot, autotrim, or manual electric trim malfunction until the cause for the malfunction has been corrected.
END OF CHECKLIST
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 3 - 69
DA 42 NG AFM
Page 3 - 70
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
Normal Operating Procedures
CHAPTER 4A NORMAL OPERATING PROCEDURES

Page
4A.1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-3 4A.2 AIRSPEEDS FOR NORMAL OPERATING PROCEDURES . . . . 4A-4 4A.3 ADVISORY ALERTS ON THE G1000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-5 4A.3.1 ADVISORY/GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-5 4A.3.2 L/R GLOW ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-5 4A.3.3 L/R AUXPUMP ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-5 4A.3.4 PFD/MFD/GIA FAN FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-5 4A.4 FLIGHT CHARACTERISTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-6 4A.5 DAILY CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-6 4A.6 CHECKLISTS FOR NORMAL OPERATING PROCEDURES . . . 4A-7 4A.6.1 PRE-FLIGHT INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-7 4A.6.2 BEFORE STARTING ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-19 4A.6.3 STARTING ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-22 4A.6.4 BEFORE TAXIING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-24 4A.6.5 TAXIING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-26 4A.6.6 BEFORE TAKE-OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-27 4A.6.7 TAKE-OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-33 4A.6.8 CLIMB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-34 4A.6.9 CRUISE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-39 4A.6.10 DESCENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-45 4A.6.11 APPROACH & LANDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-50 4A.6.12 GO AROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-56
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 4A - 1
DA 42 NG AFM
4A.6.13 AFTER LANDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-57 4A.6.14 SHUT-DOWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-58 4A.6.15 EXIT AIRPLANE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-59 4A.6.16 POST FLIGHT INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-59 4A.6.17 PARKING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-59 4A.6.18 FLIGHT IN RAIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-60 4A.6.19 REFUELING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-60 4A.6.20 FLIGHT AT HIGH ALTITUDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-60 4A.6.21 PRACTICE ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE FLIGHT . . . 4A-61 4A.6.22 PRACTICE DEMONSTRATION OF VMCA . . . . . . . . . . . 4A-63
Page 4A - 2
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
4A.1
INTRODUCTION
Chapter 4A contains checklists and describes procedures for the normal operation of the airplane.
NOTE
Readability of the G1000 PFD and MFD displays may be degraded when wearing polarized sunglasses.
NOTE
Normal operating procedures for GFC 700 are described in the Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide, P/N 190-00963-00 or later and the Garmin G1000 Pilots Guide for the Diamond DA 42 NG, P/N 190-00962-00 or later.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 4A - 3
DA 42 NG AFM
4A.2
AIRSPEEDS FOR NORMAL OPERATING PROCEDURES

FLAPS Speed
Airspeed for rotation (take-off run, vR) Airspeed for take-off climb (best rate-of-climb speed vY) Airspeed for best angle of climb Airspeed for cruise climb Reference landing approach speed
UP UP UP UP UP APP
min. 80 KIAS min. 90 KIAS 90 KIAS min. 90 KIAS 86 KIAS min. 84 KIAS min. 84 KIAS min. 90 KIAS
Final approach speed Minimum speed during go around Max. structural cruising speed Do not exceed this speed except in smooth air, and then only with caution.
LDG UP
UP
151 KIAS
Page 4A - 4
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
4A.3
ADVISORY ALERTS ON THE G1000
The G1000 provides the following advisory-alerts on the PFD in the alert area:
4A.3.1 ADVISORY/GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS White color coded text
4A.3.2 L/R GLOW ON L/R GLOW ON Left / Right engine glow plug active
4A.3.3 L/R AUXPUMP ON L/R AUXPUMP ON Fuel transfer from auxiliary to main tank is in progress (if installed)
4A.3.4 PFD/MFD/GIA FAN FAIL PFD FAN FAIL MFD FAN FAIL GIA FAN FAIL Cooling fan for the PFD is inoperative Cooling fan for the MFD is inoperative Cooling fan for the GIA is inoperative
The flight may be continued, but maintenance action is required after landing.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 4A - 5
DA 42 NG AFM
4A.4
FLIGHT CHARACTERISTICS
The DA 42 NG is to be flown with "the feet on the pedals, meaning that coordinated flight in all phases and configurations shall be supported by dedicated use of the rudder and ailerons together. With the landing gear extended and at aft CG-locations, with flaps up and full power applied, the airplane will easily recover from sideslip if the trim is set to neutral (normal procedure), otherwise it may require corrective action with a moderate amount of rudder input.
4A.5
DAILY CHECK
Before the first flight of a day it must be ensured that the following checks are performed. * * * * * On-condition check of the canopy, the side door and the baggage compartment doors for cracks and major scratches. On-condition check of the hinges for the canopy, the side door and the baggage compartment doors. Visual inspection of the locking bolts for proper movement with no backlash. Tire inflation pressure check (main wheels: 4.7 bar / 68 psi, nose wheel: 6.0 bar / 87 psi). Visual inspection of both spinners and their attachment.
Page 4A - 6
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
4A.6
CHECKLISTS FOR NORMAL OPERATING PROCEDURES
4A.6.1 PRE-FLIGHT INSPECTION I. Cabin check Preparation: a) b) c) d) e) f) Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . set ON MET, NAV, mass and balance . . . . . . . . . . . flight planning completed Airplane documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . complete and up to date Front canopy and rear door . . . . . . . . . . . . . clean, undamaged, check locking mechanism function Baggage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . stowed and secured Foreign objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check
Center console: a) b) FUEL SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check ON POWER lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check condition, freedom of movement and full travel/ adjust friction, set IDLE Below instrument panel in front of left seat: a) b) ALTERNATE STATIC SOURCE . . . . . . . . . . check CLOSED Manual gear extension handle . . . . . . . . . . . check pushed in
Below instrument panel in front of right seat: a) ALTERNATE AIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check CLOSED
CONTINUED
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 4A - 7
DA 42 NG AFM
On the instrument panel: a) b) c) d) e) f) g) h) i) j) k) l) ALTERNATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check ON VOTER switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check AUTO PITOT HEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check OFF ENGINE MASTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check both OFF START KEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check key is pulled out ELECT. MASTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check OFF AVIONIC MASTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check OFF GEAR SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check DOWN FLAP SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check UP Circuit breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . set in (if one has been pulled, check reason) All electrical equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF EMERGENCY switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check OFF and guarded
m) ELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . armed
Check procedure: a) ELECT. MASTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
CAUTION
When switching the ELECT. MASTER ON, the electrically driven hydraulic gear pump may activate itself for 5 to 20 seconds in order to restore the system pressure. Should the pump continue to operate continuously or periodically, terminate flight. There is a malfunction in the landing gear system.
CONTINUED
Page 4A - 8
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
b) Fuel quantity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check indication, verify using alternate means (see Section 7.9.5) c) Position lights, strobe lights (ACL) . . . . . . . . check for correct function
CAUTION
Do not look directly into the anti collision lights.
d) Landing / taxi light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check for correct function e) Stall warning / stall heat / Pitot heat . . . . . . . check
NOTE
Because the stall warning switch gets slightly warmer on ground, STAL HT FAIL may be indicated on the PFD.
f)
Gear warning / fire detector TEST BUTTON . . . . . . . . . . . . . PUSH, check aural alert/fire detection warning and aural alert and CHECK GEAR caution
CAUTION
If the aural alert or the warning on the PFD does not appear, terminate flight. Unscheduled maintenance is necessary.
g) Control stick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pull fully aft/hold at backstop
CONTINUED Doc. No. 7.01.15-E Rev. 1 18-Feb-2009 Page 4A - 9
DA 42 NG AFM
h) FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . set LDG position i) j) POWER lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . set MAX Variable elevator backstop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check function/control stick must move slightly forward during power lever forward movement k) POWER lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . set IDLE l) Variable elevator backstop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check function/control stick must regain full movement during power lever retraction Repeat the variable elevator backstop checks with FLAPS set to APP and UP. m) FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . set UP position
CAUTION
The proper function of the variable elevator backstop is indispensable for the safety of flight, as the handling qualities during power-on stalls are degraded significantly. For more details see Chapter 7 - AIRPLANE DESCRIPTION AND SYSTEMS. If the variable elevator backstop does not function properly, terminate flight preparation.
n) ELECT. MASTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF o) Flight controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check free and correct movement up to full deflection p) Trims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check free and correct movement up to full deflection END OF CHECKLIST
Page 4A - 10
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
II. Walk-around check, visual inspection
CAUTION
A visual inspection means: examination for damage, cracks, delamination, excessive play, load transmission, correct attachment and general condition. In addition control surfaces should be checked for freedom of movement.
CAUTION
In low ambient temperatures the airplane must be completely cleared of ice, snow and similar accumulations. For approved de-icing fluids refer to Section 8.7 - GROUND DE-ICING.
CAUTION
Prior to flight, remove such items as control surfaces gust lock, Pitot cover, tow bar, etc.
1. Left main landing gear: a) Landing gear strut and lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection, sufficient height (typical visible length of bare piston: at least 4 cm/1.6 in) b) Down and uplock switches (2x) . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection c) Wear, tread depth of tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection d) Tire, wheel, brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection e) Brake line connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check for leaks f) Slip marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection g) Chocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . remove h) Landing gear door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection
DA 42 NG AFM
2. Left engine nacelle: a) 3 air inlets / 2 air outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . clear b) Engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check dipstick (inspection hole in the upper cowling) c) Gearbox oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check visually (inspection hole in the lower cowling) d) Cowling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection e) Gascolator / air inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . drain off to check for water and sediment (drain until no water comes out)/clear f) Venting pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check for blockage g) Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection
WARNING
The exhaust can cause burns when hot. h) Propeller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection
WARNING
Never move the propeller by hand while the ENGINE MASTER switch is ON! Also do not move the propeller by hand while the ENGINE MASTER is OFF immediately after operation (remaining pressure in the injection system rail). Serious personal injury may result.
i)
De-icing boots (if OM 42-053 carried out) . . check for de-bonding
CONTINUED
Page 4A - 12
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
j)
Nacelle underside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check for excessive contamination particularly by oil, fuel, and other fluids
k) Auxiliary tank vent outlet on lower surface (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection l) Auxiliary tank drain (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . drain off to check for water and sediment (drain until no water comes out) / visual inspection m) Auxiliary tank filler (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection, tank filler closed 3. Left wing: a) Entire wing surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection b) Vortex generators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . undamaged, 4 pieces, clean c) Tank air outlet on lower surface . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection d) Tank drain/tank air inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . drain off to check for water and sediment (drain until no water comes out)/visual inspection e) Openings on lower surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check for foreign objects and for traces of fuel (if tank is full, fuel may spill over through the tank vent) f) Stall warn device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection g) Tank filler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection, check closed h) Pitot probe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . clean, orifices clear, cover removed, no deformation i) j) l) Wing tip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection Static dischargers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection Tie-down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check, clear
k) Position light, strobe light (ACL) . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection
DA 42 NG AFM
m) Aileron and linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection n) Aileron hinges and safety pin . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection o) Foreign objects in aileron paddle . . . . . . . . . visual inspection p) Flap and linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection q) Flap hinges and safety pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection r) Nacelle underside fuel cooler air in- & outlet . check clear s) Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection 4. Fuselage, left side, underside: a) Canopy, left side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection b) Rear cabin door & window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection c) Fuselage skin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection d) Antennas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection e) Fuselage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check for contamination (hydraulic fluid) f) Static source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check for blockage
5. Empennage: a) Stabilizers and control surfaces, elevator tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection b) Hinges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection c) Elevator trim tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection, check safetying d) Rudder trim tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection, check safetying e) Tie-down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check, clear f) Tail skid and lower fin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection g) Static dischargers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection
CONTINUED
Page 4A - 14
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
6. Fuselage, right side: a) Fuselage skin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection b) Rear window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection c) Canopy, right side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection d) Static source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check for blockage
7. Right Main Landing Gear: a) Landing gear strut and lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection, sufficient height (typical visible length of bare piston: at least 4 cm/1.6") b) Down and uplock switches (2x) . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection c) Wear, tread depth of tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection d) Tire, wheel, brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection e) Brake line connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check for leaks f) Slip marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection g) Chocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . remove h) Landing gear door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection
8. Right wing: a) Entire wing surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection b) Vortex generators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . undamaged, 4 pieces, clean c) Tank air outlet on lower surface . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection d) Tank drain/tank air inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . drain off to check for water and sediment (drain until no water comes out)/visual inspection
DA 42 NG AFM
e) Openings on lower surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check for foreign objects and for traces of fuel (if tank is full, fuel may spill over through the tank vent) f) Tank filler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection, check closed g) Wing tip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection h) Static dischargers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection i) j) l) Position light, strobe light (ACL) . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection Tie-down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check, clear Aileron hinges and safety pin . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection
k) Aileron and linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection m) Foreign objects in aileron paddle . . . . . . . . . visual inspection n) Flap and linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection o) Flap hinges and safety pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection p) Nacelle underside fuel cooler air in- & outlet . check clear q) Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection r) Cabin vent air inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check clear 9. Right engine nacelle: a) 3 air inlets / 2 air outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . clear b) Engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check dipstick (inspection hole in the upper cowling) c) Gearbox oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check visually (inspection hole in the lower cowling) d) Cowling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection e) Gascolator / air inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . drain off to check for water and sediment (drain until no water comes out)/clear
CONTINUED
Page 4A - 16
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
f)
Venting pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check for blockage
g) Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection
WARNING
The exhaust can cause burns when hot. h) Propeller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection
WARNING
Never move the propeller by hand while the ENGINE MASTER switch is ON! Also do not move the propeller by hand while the ENGINE MASTER is OFF immediately after operation (remaining pressure in the injection system rail). Serious personal injury may result.
i) j)
De-icing boots (if OM 42-053 carried out) . check for de-bonding Nacelle underside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check for excessive contamination particularly by oil, fuel, and other fluids
k) Auxiliary tank vent outlet on lower surface (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection l) Auxiliary tank drain (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . drain off to check for water and sediment (drain until no water comes out)/visual inspection m) Auxiliary tank filler (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection, tank filler closed
DA 42 NG AFM
10. Front fuselage and nose landing gear: a) Left and right front baggage door . . . . . . . . . visual inspection, closed and locked b) Nose landing gear strut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection, sufficient height (typical visible length of bare piston: at least 15 cm/5.9 in) c) Down & uplock switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection d) Wear, tread depth of tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check e) Slip marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection f) Gear door and linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . visual inspection g) Chocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . remove h) OAT sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check i) j) EPU connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check Tow bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . remove
END OF CHECKLIST
Page 4A - 18
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
4A.6.2 BEFORE STARTING ENGINE 1. Preflight inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . complete 2. Passengers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . instructed
NOTE
Ensure all the passengers have been fully briefed on the use of the seat belts, doors and emergency exits and the ban on smoking.
3. Rear door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . closed and locked
CAUTION
When operating the canopy, pilots/operators must ensure that there are no obstructions between the canopy and the mating frame, for example seat belts, clothing, etc. When operating the locking handle do NOT apply undue force. A slight downward pressure on the canopy may be required to ease the handle operation.
4. Front canopy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Position 1 or 2 (cooling gap)
CAUTION
For take-off the adjustable backrests (if installed) must be fixed in the upright position.
DA 42 NG AFM
NOTE
The pilot must ensure that a passenger sitting on a front seat is instructed in the operation of the adjustable backrest (if installed). 5. Adjustable backrests (if installed) . . . . . . . . . adjust to the upright position described by a placard on the roll-over bar and verify proper fixation 6. Rudder pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . adjusted; if manual pedal adjustment is installed: verify proper locking 7. Safety harnesses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . all on and fastened 8. POWER lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check IDLE 9. Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . set 10. AVIONIC MASTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check OFF 11. GEAR selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check DOWN 12. VOTER switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check AUTO 13. ALTERNATORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check ON 14. Fuel pump LH/RH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check OFF 15. ELECT. MASTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
CAUTION
When switching the ELECT. MASTER ON, the electrically driven hydraulic gear pump may activate itself for 5 to 20 seconds in order to restore the system pressure. Should the pump continue to operate continuously or periodically, terminate flight preparation. There is a malfunction in the landing gear system. CONTINUED
Page 4A - 20
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
16. G1000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wait until power-up completed. Press ENT on MFD to acknowledge.
NOTE
The engine instruments are only available on the MFD after item 16 has been completed.
17. Fuel temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check
END OF CHECKLIST
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 4A - 21
DA 42 NG AFM
4A.6.3 STARTING ENGINE
NOTE
At ambient temperatures below -22C the engine may not start at the first attempt. In this case wait 60 seconds between the start attempts. 1. Strobe lights (ACL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON 2. ENGINE MASTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON (L) 3. Annunciations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check "L ENGINE GLOW" ON
NOTE
"L ENGINE GLOW" is indicated only when the engine is cold. 4. Annunciations / Engine / System Page . . . . . check OK/normal range
WARNING
Before starting the engine the pilot must ensure that the propeller area is free, and no persons can be endangered.
After the L ENGINE GLOW indication is extinguished: 5. START KEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . START L as required / release when engine has started.
CONTINUED
Page 4A - 22
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
CAUTION
Do not overheat the starter motor. Do not operate the starter motor for more than 10 seconds. At ambient temperatures below -22C it is possible that the engine will not start at the first attempt. In this case wait 60 seconds between the start attempts. If the "L STARTER" annunciation comes on after the engine has started and the START KEY has been released, set the ENGINE MASTER to OFF and investigate the problem. 6. Annunciations / Engine / System Page . . . . . check OK/normal range 7. Annunciations / Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check OFF 8. Annunciations / Oil pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . check OK
WARNING
If the oil pressure has not moved from the red range within 3 seconds after starting, set the ENGINE MASTER switch to OFF and investigate problem. 9. Circuit breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check all in/as required 10. Idle RPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check, 740 30 RPM Repeat with opposite engine. 11. Warm up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDLE for 30 seconds, then at 50% load until: oil temperature 50C (122F) and coolant temperature 60 C (140F) END OF CHECKLIST
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 4A - 23
DA 42 NG AFM
4A.6.4 BEFORE TAXIING 1. AVIONIC MASTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON 2. Electrical equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON as required 3. Flight instruments and avionics . . . . . . . . . . . set as required 4. Flood light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON, test function, as required 5. Pitot and stall warn heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON, check annunciation
NOTE
The stall warning switch gets slightly warmer on ground only and STAL HT FAIL is indicated on the PFD.
6. Pitot and stall warn heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF 7. Strobe lights (ACL's) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check ON 8. Position lights, landing and taxi lights . . . . . . as required
CAUTION
When taxiing at close range to other airplane, or during night flight in clouds, fog or haze, the strobe lights should be switched OFF. The position lights must always be switched ON during night flight.
9.
Primary flight display (PFD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . NO AUTOPILOT ANNUNCIATIONS
10. Autopilot disconnect tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTE
CONTINUED
Page 4A - 24
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
NOTE
The AFCS system automatically conducts a preflight self-test upon initial power application. The preflight test is indicated by a white boxed PFT on the PFD. Upon successful completion of the preflight test, the PFT is removed, the red AFCS annunciation is removed, and the autopilot disconnect tone sounds. If AFCS annunciation remains on or a failure of the preflight test is indicated terminate flight preparation and investigate the problem.
11. MANUAL ELECTRIC TRIM - TEST as follows: Press the AP DISC button down and hold while commanding trim. Manual electric trim should not operate either nose up or nose down. 12. AUTOPILOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . engage by pressing AP button 13. AP DISC switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . press. verify that the autopilot disconnects 14. TRIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . set to take-off position manually
END OF CHECKLIST
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 4A - 25
DA 42 NG AFM
4A.6.5 TAXIING 1. Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . release 2. Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . test on moving off 3. Nose wheel steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check for proper function 4. Flight instrumentation and avionics . . . . . . . . check for correct indications 5. Fuel pumps LH/RH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check OFF 6. FUEL SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CROSSFEED (LH/RH)
CAUTION
The fuel crossfeed function can be tested simultaneously with both engines. Proper function can be tested by running the engines for approx. 30 seconds with CROSSFEED selected. The operation of both engines with both FUEL SELECTORS in CROSSFEED position, other than for this test, is prohibited.
CAUTION
7. FUEL SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON (LH/RH)
CAUTION
When taxiing on a poor surface select the lowest possible RPM to avoid damage to the propeller from stones or similar items.
END OF CHECKLIST
Page 4A - 26
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
4A.6.6 BEFORE TAKE-OFF 1. Position airplane into wind if possible. 2. Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . set
CAUTION
For take-off the adjustable backrests (if installed) must be fixed in the upright position.
3. Adjustable backrests (if installed)
. . . . . . . . verify upright position and proper fixation
4. Safety harnesses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . on and fastened 5. Rear door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check closed and locked
CAUTION
When operating the canopy, pilots/operators must ensure that there are no obstructions between the canopy and the mating frame, for example seat belts, clothing, etc. When operating the locking handle do NOT apply undue force. A slight downward pressure on the canopy may be required to ease the handle operation.
6. Front canopy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . closed and locked 7. Front baggage doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . closed (visual check) 8. Door warning (DOOR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check no indication
DA 42 NG AFM
9. Annunciations / Engine / System Page . . . . . check OK / normal range (except oil pressure may be in the yellow range with a warm engine and power lever set to IDLE) 10. Circuit breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check pressed in 11. Longitudinal trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . set T/O
WARNING
Take-off with CROSSFEED selected is prohibited.
12. FUEL SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check ON (LH/RH) 13. Directional trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . neutral 14. FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check function & indicator / set UP 15. Flight controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . unrestricted free movement, correct sense 16. Pitot heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON, if required 17. Landing light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON, if required
CONTINUED
Page 4A - 28
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
ECU / fuel pumps test sequence:
CAUTION
If the L/R ECU A/B FAIL indicators do not illuminate during the test sequence there is a malfunction in the engine control system. Terminate flight preparation. The whole test procedure must be completed without any error (L/R ECU A/B FAIL extinguished after test completion). In case the test procedure aborts with an error indication (one or both ECU A/B FAIL indicators remain ON) terminate flight preparation, even if the engine seems to run smoothly after the test procedure.
NOTE
The following test sequence can be executed for both engines simultaneously, or in sequence. The engine oil temperature has to be in the green range before starting the test sequence. During the test sequence the engines will produce thrust therefore the parking brake must be set. Releasing the ECU TEST BUTTON or manipulating the power lever before the test sequence is completed will abort the test sequence. During the following ECU and fuel pump test, a shake of the engine might occur.
DA 42 NG AFM
1. Power lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDLE 2. Propeller RPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check below 1000 rpm 3. Fuel pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check OFF 4. VOTER switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check AUTO 5. Engine oil temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check in the green range 6. Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check set 7. ECU TEST button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . press and hold Annunciations in the following sequence: ECU A/B FAIL lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON Propeller RPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . increase above 1900 rpm Propeller RPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . decrease Propeller RPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . increase to about 1900 rpm Propeller RPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . decrease to idle At this point, the test transfers from one ECU channel to the other. Propeller RPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . increase above 1900 rpm Propeller RPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . decrease Propeller RPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . increase to about 1900 rpm Propeller RPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . decrease to idle At this point, control of the engine is returned to the initially active ECU channel. A slight shake of the engine might occur. ECU A/B FAIL lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . both OFF Test sequence completed.
CONTINUED
Page 4A - 30
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
8. ECU TEST button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . release 9. Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . release
NOTE
By switching between ECU A and B the two independent electrical fuel pumps are switched over as well.
10. VOTER switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ECU A 11. Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check running without a change (shake may occur) 12. VOTER switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO 13. Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check running without a change (shake may occur) 14. VOTER switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ECU B 15. Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check running without a change (shake may occur) 16. VOTER switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO
CAUTION
Running the engine with the VOTER switch on ECU A or ECU B, other than for this test or in an emergency is prohibited. The engine control system redundancy is only given with the VOTER switch set to AUTO.
DA 42 NG AFM
Available power check: 1. POWER lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAX for 10 seconds 2. Annunciations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check OK / normal range 3. Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check within normal range 4. RPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . stabilizes at 2250 to 2300 RPM 5. LOAD indication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . stabilizes at 89% to 100%
CAUTION
The load indications in the table below are minimum values to be indicated with the airplane stationary in no wind conditions. If the engine does not stabilize at the target RPM and the required load indication, terminate flight preparation. OAT Altitude [ft] 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000
-35C -31F -20C -4F -10C 14F 0C 32F 10C 50F 20C 68F 30C 86F 40C 104F 50C 122F
99%
98%
97%
98% 97%
98% 95%
98% 94%
97% 97% 97% 97% 96% 92%
96% 96% 96% 96% 95% 89%
93% 93% 93% 93% 92%
91%
6. POWER lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDLE 7. Engine instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check in green range (except oil pressure may be in yellow range with a warm engine and power lever at IDLE, and fuel temp may be in the low yellow range) 8. Fuel pumps LH/RH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON END OF CHECKLIST
Page 4A - 32
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
4A.6.7 TAKE-OFF 1. Transponder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . as required 2. POWER lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAX
NOTE
The proper and symmetric performance of the engines at MAX should be checked early during the take-off run, so that the take-off can be aborted if necessary. 3. Elevator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . neutral 4. Rudder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . maintain direction
NOTE
In strong crosswinds steering can be augmented by use of the toe brakes. It should be noted, however, that this method increases the take-off roll, and should not generally be used. 5. Nose wheel lift-off: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vR min. 80 KIAS 6. Airspeed for initial climb: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . min. 85 KIAS, recommended 90 KIAS (vy) when clear of obstacles When safe climb is established: 7. LANDING GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . apply brakes; UP, check unsafe light off
NOTE
To avoid damage and excessive wear of the main landing gear wheels, firmly apply brakes before selecting gear up. 8. Fuel pumps LH/RH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF END OF CHECKLIST
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 4A - 33
DA 42 NG AFM
4A.6.8 CLIMB Initial Climb Check 1. Landing light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / as required 2. Landing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check UP 3. FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check UP 4. Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 KIAS (best rate-of-climb) 90 KIAS / as required for en route (cruise) climb 5. POWER lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92% or maximum 2100 RPM 6. Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . as required (ball centered) 7. Annunciations / Engine / System Page . . . . . monitor
CAUTION
If the oil temperature and/or coolant temperature reaches the yellow range during climb, flight should be continued with the airspeed increased by 10 kts and power reduced by 10 % (reduced climb rate) for better engine cooling.
NOTE
Operating in the gearbox temperature cautionary range is permitted. However, prolonged operation is not recommended.
END OF CHECKLIST
Page 4A - 34
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
GFC 700 Operation During Climb
NOTE
The NOSE UP and NOSE DN buttons on the mode controller on the MFD are referenced to airplane movement. The NOSE UP button will increase the reference pitch attitude, increase the reference vertical speed and decrease the reference airspeed. Likewise, the NOSE DN button will decrease the reference pitch attitude, decrease the reference vertical speed, and increase the reference airspeed. a) Vertical Speed (VS) 1. Altitude preselect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . set to desired altitude 2. Mode controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . select VS on mode controller 3. Vertical speed reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . adjust using NOSE UP and NOSE DN buttons 4. White ALT (altitude preselect armed) . . . . . . note on PFD 5. Green ALT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . verify upon altitude capture
NOTE
If the altitude preselect is not changed before selecting VS, the autopilot may re-capture the current altitude immediately after entering VS mode. Always ensure that the altitude preselect is adjusted prior to selecting VS. The vertical speed mode is limited to 1500 ft/min climb and 3000 ft/minute descent. Use engine power to maintain appropriate airplane speed. If the CWS switch is used while in VS mode, the VS reference will change to the vertical speed when the CWS switch is released.
END OF CHECKLIST Doc. No. 7.01.15-E Rev. 1 18-Feb-2009 Page 4A - 35
DA 42 NG AFM
b) Flight Level Change (FLC) 1. Altitude preselect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . set to desired altitude 2. Mode controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . select FLC on mode controller 3. Airspeed speed reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . adjust using NOSE UP and NOSE DN buttons 4. White ALT (altitude preselect armed) . . . . . . note on PFD 5. Green ALT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . verify upon altitude capture
NOTE
If the altitude preselect is not changed before selecting FLC, the autopilot may re-capture the current altitude immediately after entering FLC mode. Always ensure that the altitude preselect is adjusted prior to selecting FLC. If the airspeed reference cannot be maintained without deviating away from the selected altitude, the system will maintain level flight until the power or reference is changed to allow climbing or descending towards the selected altitude. The FLC mode is limited to airspeeds between 90 KIAS and 180 KIAS. Use engine power to maintain appropriate vertical speed. If the CWS switch is used while in FLC mode, the airspeed reference will change to the airspeed when the CWS switch is released.
END OF CHECKLIST
Page 4A - 36
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
c) To Capture a Selected Altitude 1. Altimeter setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . adjust to appropriate value 2. Altitude preselect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . set to desired altitude 3. Vertical mode and reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . select on mode controller 4. White ALT (altitude preselect armed) . . . . . . note on PFD 5. Green ALT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . verify upon altitude capture
NOTE
In ALT mode, the autopilot will maintain the reference altitude shown in the autopilot window of the PFD regardless of the altitude in the altitude preselect window or the altimeter's barometric pressure setting. If the altimeter setting is changed, the autopilot will climb or descend to maintain the reference altitude.
END OF CHECKLIST
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 4A - 37
DA 42 NG AFM
d) Navigation Capture and Track: 1. Navigation source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . select VOR or GPS using CDI button on PFD 2. Course bearing pointer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . set using course knob (VOR only) 3. Intercept heading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . establish in HDG or ROL mode (if required) 4. Mode controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . select NAV on mode controller 5. Green or white VOR or GPS annunciation . . note on PFD 6. Vertical mode and reference . . . . . . . . . . . . select on mode controller
NOTE
If the Course Deviation Indicator (CDI) is greater than one dot from center, the autopilot will arm the NAV mode and indicate VOR or GPS in white on the PFD. The pilot must ensure that the current heading will result in a capture of the selected course. If the CDI is one dot or less from center, the autopilot will enter the capture mode when the NAV button is pressed and annunciate VOR or GPS in green on the PFD.
END OF CHECKLIST
Page 4A - 38
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
4A.6.9 CRUISE 1. POWER lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . up to 92% or maximum 2100 RPM
NOTE
The engine manufacturer recommends a cruise power setting of 75 %. 2. Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . as required 3. Annunciations / Engine / System Page . . . . . monitor Use of the Auxiliary Fuel Tanks (if installed)
CAUTION
When operating the AUX PUMP LH / RH switch, make sure not to exceed the fuel imbalance limitations given in Section 2.14. To avoid additional imbalance in the auxiliary tanks both AUX PUMP switches must be operated simultaneously.
1. Transfer the first half of the auxiliary fuel: As soon as the fuel quantity in each main fuel tank is 17 US gal or less, set both AUX PUMP switches to ON until the main tanks are full again. Monitor the fuel quantity indicator to verify that fuel is properly transferred to both main fuel tanks (approx. 1 US gal per minute). If the fuel quantity in a main tank does not increase during fuel transfer, proceed according to Section 4B.12 - L/R FUEL TRANSFER FAIL.
DA 42 NG AFM
2. Transfer the second half of the auxiliary fuel: Repeat the procedure described above.
NOTE
Transfer the fuel from the auxiliary tanks to the main tanks as soon as possible. The fuel in the auxiliary tanks must be transferred to the main tanks to become available for the current flight mission. END OF CHECKLIST
GFC 700 Operation During Cruise
NOTE
The NOSE UP and NOSE DN buttons on the mode controller on the MFD are referenced to airplane movement. The NOSE UP button will increase the reference pitch attitude, increase the reference vertical speed and decrease the reference airspeed. Likewise, the NOSE DN button will decrease the reference pitch attitude, decrease the reference vertical speed, and increase the reference airspeed. a) Vertical Speed (VS) 1. Altitude preselect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . set to desired altitude 2. Mode controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . select VS on mode controller 3. Vertical speed reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . adjust using NOSE UP and NOSE DN buttons 4. White ALT (altitude preselect armed) . . . . . . note on PFD 5. Green ALT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . verify upon altitude capture CONTINUED
Page 4A - 40
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
NOTE
END OF CHECKLIST
b) Flight Level Change (FLC) 1. Altitude preselect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . set to desired altitude 2. Mode controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . select FLC on mode controller 3. Airspeed speed reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . adjust using NOSE UP and NOSE DN buttons 4. White ALT (altitude preselect armed) . . . . . . note on PFD 5. Green ALT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . verify upon altitude capture
DA 42 NG AFM
NOTE
END OF CHECKLIST
CONTINUED
Page 4A - 42
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
NOTE
END OF CHECKLIST
d) Altitude Hold To maintain a selected altitude: 1. Altimeter setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . adjust to appropriate value 2. Reaching desired altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . select ALT on mode controller 3. Green ALT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . verify on PFD
END OF CHECKLIST
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 4A - 43
DA 42 NG AFM
e) Navigation Capture and Track: 1. Navigation source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . select VOR or GPS using CDI button on PFD 2. Course bearing pointer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . set using course knob (VOR only) 3. Intercept heading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . establish in HDG or ROL mode (if required) 4. Mode controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . select NAV on mode controller 5. Green or white VOR or GPS annunciation . . note on PFD 6. Vertical mode and reference . . . . . . . . . . . . select on mode controller
NOTE
END OF CHECKLIST
Page 4A - 44
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
4A.6.10 DESCENT 1. POWER lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . as required 2. Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . as required 3. Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . as required 4. Annunciations/Engine/System Page . . . . . . . monitor END OF CHECKLIST
GFC 700 Operation During Descent
NOTE
The NOSE UP and NOSE DN buttons on the mode controller on the MFD are referenced to airplane movement. The NOSE UP button will increase the reference pitch attitude, increase the reference vertical speed and decrease the reference airspeed. Likewise, the NOSE DN button will decrease the reference pitch attitude, decrease the reference vertical speed, and increase the reference airspeed.
a) Vertical Speed (VS) 1. Altitude preselect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . set to desired altitude 2. Mode controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . select VS on mode controller 3. Vertical speed reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . adjust using NOSE UP and NOSE DN buttons 4. White ALT (altitude preselect armed) . . . . . . note on PFD 5. Green ALT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . verify upon altitude capture
DA 42 NG AFM
NOTE
END OF CHECKLIST
b) Flight Level Change (FLC) 1. Altitude preselect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . set to desired altitude 2. Mode controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . select FLC on mode controller 3. Airspeed speed reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . adjust using NOSE UP and NOSE DN buttons 4. White ALT (altitude preselect armed) . . . . . . note on PFD 5. Green ALT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . verify upon altitude capture
CONTINUED
Page 4A - 46
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
NOTE
END OF CHECKLIST
DA 42 NG AFM
NOTE
END OF CHECKLIST
d) Navigation Capture and Track: 1. Navigation source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . select VOR or GPS using CDI button on PFD 2. Course bearing pointer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . set using course knob (VOR only) 3. Intercept heading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . establish in HDG or ROL mode (if required) 4. Mode controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . select NAV on mode controller 5. Green or white VOR or GPS annunciation . . note on PFD 6. Vertical mode and reference . . . . . . . . . . . . select on mode controller
CONTINUED
Page 4A - 48
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
NOTE
END OF CHECKLIST
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 4A - 49
DA 42 NG AFM
4A.6.11 APPROACH & LANDING Approach:
CAUTION
For landing the adjustable backrests (if installed) must be fixed in the upright position.
1. Adjustable backrests (if installed) . . . . . . . . . adjust to the upright position described by a placard on the roll-over bar and verify proper fixation
NOTE
If the landing mass exceeds 1805 kg (3979 lb), the landing constitutes an abnormal operating procedure. Refer to Section 4B.11.
2. Safety harnesses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check fastened and tightened 3. Yaw damper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check OFF 4. Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . no interference by foreign objects 5. Landing light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . as required 6. Gear warning horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check function 7. FUEL SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check ON 8. Fuel pumps LH/RH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
CAUTION
Switching on the fuel pump in combination with CROSSFEED may cause damage to the high-pressure pump. CONTINUED
Page 4A - 50
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
9. LANDING GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN, check 3 green 10. Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check released 11. Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . as required, directional trim neutral Before landing: 12. Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . min. 86 KIAS with FLAPS UP min. 84 KIAS with FLAPS APP 13. FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . as required 14. POWER lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . as required 15. Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . as required, directional trim neutral 16. Final approach speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . min. 84 KIAS with FLAPS LDG
NOTE
Higher approach speeds result in a significantly longer landing distance during flare.
CAUTION
In conditions such as (e.g.) strong wind, danger of wind shear or turbulence a higher approach speed should be selected.
END OF CHECKLIST
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 4A - 51
DA 42 NG AFM
GFC 700 Operation During Approach and Landing a) VOR 1. Navigation source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . select VOR using CDI button on PFD 2. Course bearing pointer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . set using course knob 3. Intercept heading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . establish in HDG or ROL mode (if required) 4. Mode controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . select APR on mode controller 5. Green or white VAPP annunciation . . . . . . . . note on PFD 6. Vertical mode and reference . . . . . . . . . . . . select on mode controller
NOTE
If the Course Deviation Indicator (CDI) is greater than one dot from center, the autopilot will arm the VAPP mode and indicate VAPP in white on the PFD. The pilot must ensure that the current heading will result in a capture of the selected course. If the CDI is one dot or less from center, the autopilot will enter the capture mode when the VAPP button is pressed and annunciate VAPP in green on the PFD.
END OF CHECKLIST
Page 4A - 52
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
b) ILS 1. Navigation source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . select LOC using CDI button on PFD 2. Course bearing pointer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . set using course knob mode (if required) 4. Mode controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . select APR on mode controller 5. Green or white LOC and GS annunciation . . note on PFD 6. Vertical mode and reference . . . . . . . . . . . . select on mode controller 3. Intercept heading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . establish in HDG or ROL
NOTE
When the selected navigation source is a valid ILS, glideslope coupling is automatically armed when tracking the localizer. The glideslope cannot be captured until the localizer is captured. The autopilot can capture the glideslope from above or below the glideslope.
END OF CHECKLIST
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 4A - 53
DA 42 NG AFM
c) GPS 1. Navigation source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . select GPS using CDI button on PFD 2. Approach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . load in FMS and ACTIVATE 3. Intercept heading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . establish in HDG or ROL mode (if required) 4. Mode controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . select APR on mode controller 5. Green or white GPS annunciation . . . . . . . . . note on PFD 6. Vertical mode and reference . . . . . . . . . . . . select on mode controller
END OF CHECKLIST
d) Back Course (BC) 1. Navigation source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . select LOC using CDI button on PFD 2. Course bearing pointer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . set to ILS front Course using course knob 3. Intercept heading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . establish in HDG or ROL mode (if required) 4. Mode controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . select NAV on mode controller 5. Green or white BC annunciation . . . . . . . . . . note on PFD
CONTINUED
Page 4A - 54
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
NOTE
The course pointer must be at least 115 from the current magnetic heading before BC will be annunciated in the lateral mode field. Until that point, LOC will be annunciated. Selecting NAV mode for back course approaches inhibits the glideslope from coupling.
6. Vertical mode and reference . . . . . . . . . . . . select on mode controller END OF CHECKLIST
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 4A - 55
DA 42 NG AFM
4A.6.12 GO AROUND 1. POWER lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAX 2. Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . min. 90 KIAS 3. FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . position APP when a positive rate of climb is established: 4. Landing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP, check unsafe light off 5. FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . retract, position UP when a safe climb is established: 6. Fuel pumps LH/RH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF END OF CHECKLIST
GFC 700 Operation During Go Around 1. Control stick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GRASP FIRMLY 2. GA button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PUSH - verify GA/GA on PFD in lateral and vertical mode fields
NOTE
After the GA button is pressed, the autopilot disconnects and the flight director indicates a 7 pitch up altitude.
3. Balked landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . execute 4. Missed approach procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . execute (as applicable) 5. Altitude preselelect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . set to appropriate altitude CONTINUED
Page 4A - 56
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
At an appropriate safe altitude: 6. Autopilot mode controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . select appropriate lateral and vertical mode on controller 7. Autopilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE-ENGAGE if desired
NOTE
If the missed approach procedure requires tracking the localizer outbound from the airport, use NAV mode to prevent inadvertent coupling to glideslope.
END OF CHECKLIST
4A.6.13 AFTER LANDING 1. POWER lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDLE 2. Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . as required 3. Transponder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / STBY 4. Pitot heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF 5. Avionics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . as required 6. Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . as required 7. FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP 8. Fuel pumps LH/RH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
END OF CHECKLIST
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 4A - 57
DA 42 NG AFM
4A.6.14 SHUT-DOWN 1. Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . set 2. POWER lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 % load for 1 minute 3. Engine/System Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check 4. ELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check not transmitting on 121.5 MHz 5. AVIONIC MASTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF 6. Electrical consumers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF 7. ENGINE MASTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF 8. Anti collision lights (ACL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
CAUTION
After turning the ENGINE MASTER OFF, wait until the G1000 engine indications are red X'd prior to switching the ELECT. MASTER OFF. This ensures that engine and flight data can be written to non-volatile memory before removing electrical power. 9. ELECT. MASTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
CAUTION
Before shut-down the engine must run for at least 1 minute with the power lever at 10% to avoid heat damage of the turbo charger.
CAUTION
Do not shut down an engine with the FUEL SELECTOR valve. The high pressure fuel pump can otherwise be damaged.
END OF CHECKLIST 4A.6.15 EXIT AIRPLANE Page 4A - 58 Rev. 1 18-Feb-2009 Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
Exit the airplane to the aft on designated areas on the inner wing section LH or RH.
4A.6.16 POST FLIGHT INSPECTION 1. Record any problem found in flight and during the post-flight check in the log book. 2. Park the airplane. 3. If necessary, moor the airplane.
END OF CHECKLIST
4A.6.17 PARKING 1. Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . release, use chocks 2. Airplane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . moor, if unsupervised for extended period 3. Pitot probe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cover
END OF CHECKLIST
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 4A - 59
DA 42 NG AFM
4A.6.18 FLIGHT IN RAIN
NOTE
Performance deteriorates in rain; this applies particularly to the take-off distance and to the maximum horizontal speed. The effect on the flight characteristics is minimal. Flight through very heavy rain should be avoided because of the associated visibility problems.
4A.6.19 REFUELING
CAUTION
Before refueling, the airplane must be connected to electrical ground. Grounding points: exhaust, left and right. Refer to Section 2.14 for approved fuel grades. Refueling of the Auxiliary Tanks (if installed)
CAUTION
If the auxiliary tanks are used then both tanks must be refueled to the maximum level. Only then the pilot has proper information concerning the fuel quantity in the auxiliary tanks. If the auxiliary tanks are not in use, make sure that they are empty (refer to Section 6.4).
4A.6.20 FLIGHT AT HIGH ALTITUDE At high altitudes the provision of oxygen for the occupants is necessary. Legal requirements for the provision of oxygen should be adhered to. Also see Section 2.11 - OPERATING ALTITUDE.
Page 4A - 60
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
4A.6.21 PRACTICE ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE FLIGHT Maximum altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,000 ft pressure altitude Minimum altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,000 ft above ground level
Maximum restart airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 KIAS or airspeed for a stationary propeller, whichever is lower
CAUTION
CAUTION
Do not engage the starter when the propeller is windmilling.
NOTE
At airspeeds below 100 KIAS it is possible that the propeller may windmill intermittently. Therefore, care should be taken to ensure that the propeller is stationary when engaging the starter.
NOTE
When demonstrating handling qualities with one engine inoperative the left engine is the critical engine.
1. Altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . stabilize in level flight at an altitude within the altitude limits defined above 2. Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . trim to 100 KIAS CONTINUED Doc. No. 7.01.15-E Rev. 1 18-Feb-2009 Page 4A - 61
DA 42 NG AFM
The following actions must be completed in not more than two minutes. 1. ENGINE MASTER of selected engine . . . . . OFF, propeller feathers 2. POWER lever of selected engine . . . . . . . . . IDLE 3. Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . stabilize between 90 to 100 KIAS 4. ENGINE MASTER of selected engine . . . . . ON, propeller un-feathers 5. STARTER of selected engine . . . . . . . . . . . . engage when propeller is stationary
CAUTION
After the engine has started, the POWER lever should be set to a moderate power setting until engine temperature have reached the green range.
END OF CHECKLIST
Page 4A - 62
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
4A.6.22 PRACTICE DEMONSTRATION OF VMCA The following procedure should be completed at an altitude of at least 5,000 feet above the ground. 1. Landing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP 2. Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP 3. Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . trim to 90 KIAS 4. POWER lever (simulated inoperative engine) IDLE 5. POWER lever (other engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . MAX (take-off power) 6. Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . reduce at approximately 1 knot per second until either VMCA or stall warning is obtained
NOTE
Use rudder to maintain directional control (heading) and aileron to maintain up to 5 bank towards the operative engine. At the first sign of either VMCA or stall warning initiate recovery: reduce power to IDLE on the operative engine and immediately lower the nose to regain the trim speed.
END OF CHECKLIST
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 4A - 63
DA 42 NG AFM
Page 4A - 64
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
Abnormal Operating Procedures
CHAPTER 4B ABNORMAL OPERATING PROCEDURES

Page 4B.1 PRECAUTIONARY LANDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-3 4B.2 CANOPY IN COOLING GAP POSITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-5 4B.3 ENGINE INSTRUMENT INDICATIONS OUTSIDE OF GREEN RANGE ON THE G1000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-5 4B.3.1 RPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-5 4B.3.2 COOLANT TEMPERATURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-6 4B.3.3 OIL TEMPERATURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-7 4B.3.4 OIL PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-8 4B.3.5 GEARBOX TEMPERATURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-9 4B.3.6 FUEL TEMPERATURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-9 4B.3.7 VOLTAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-10 4B.4 CAUTION-ALERTS ON THE G1000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-11 4B.4.1 CAUTIONS / GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-11 4B.4.2 L/R ECU A FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-12 4B.4.3 L/R ECU B FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-13 4B.4.4 L/R FUEL LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-14 4B.4.5 LOW VOLTAGE CAUTION (LOW VOLTS) . . . . . . . . . . 4B-15 4B.4.6 L/R ALTN FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-16 4B.4.7 L/R COOL LVL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-17 4B.4.8 PITOT FAIL / HT OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-18 4B.4.9 STALL HT FAIL / OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-19 4B.4.10 L/R AUXILIARY FUEL TANK EMPTY (if installed) . . . . 4B-20
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 4B - 1
DA 42 NG AFM
4B.4.11 STICK LIMIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-21 4B.4.12 CHECK GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-22 4B.4.13 RAIM UNAVAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-23 4B.4.14 AHRS ALIGNING - KEEP WINGS LEVEL . . . . . . . . . . 4B-24 4B.5 FAILURES IN FLAP OPERATING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-25 4B.6 FAILURES IN ELECTRICAL RUDDER PEDAL ADJUSTMENT . 4B-26 4B.7 FAILURES IN HYDRAULIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-27 4B.7.1 CONTINUOUS HYDRAULIC PUMP OPERATION . . . . . 4B-27 4B.7.2 HYDRAULIC PUMP FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-28 4B.8 STARTING ENGINE WITH EXTERNAL POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-29 4B.8.1 BEFORE STARTING ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-29 4B.8.2 STARTING ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-31 4B.9 LIGHTNING STRIKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-33 4B.10 FAILURES IN THE AUTOPILOT SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-34 4B.10.1 AUTOPILOT DISCONNECT (yellow AP flashing on PFD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-34 4B.10.2 AUTOPILOT OVERSPEED RECOVERY (yellow MAXSPD on PFD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-35 4B.10.3 LOSS OF NAVIGATION INFORMATION (Yellow VOR, VAPP, GPS or LOC flashing on PFD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-36 4B.10.4 AUTOPILOT OUT OF TRIM (Yellow 7AIL, 6AIL, 8ELE, 9ELE, 7RUD or 6RUD on PFD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-37 4B.10.5 FLASHING YELLOW MODE ANNUNCIATION . . . . . . 4B-40 4B.10.6 EFFECTS OF G1000 LOSSES UPON AUTOPILOT OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-41 4B.11 LANDING WITH HIGH LANDING MASS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-42 4B.12 L/R AUX FUEL TRANSFER FAIL (IF AUX. TANKS ARE INSTALLED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4B-43
Page 4B - 2
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
4B.1
PRECAUTIONARY LANDING NOTE

A landing of this type is only necessary when there is a reasonable suspicion that due to operational factors such as fuel shortage, weather conditions, etc. the possibility of endangering the airplane and its occupants by continuing the flight cannot be excluded. The pilot is required to decide whether or not a controlled landing in a field represents a lower risk than the attempt to reach the nearest airfield under all circumstances.
NOTE
If no level landing area is available, a landing on an upward slope should be sought.
1. Select appropriate landing area. 2. Consider wind. 3. Approach: If possible, the landing area should be overflown at a suitable height in order to recognize obstacles. The degree of offset at each part of the circuit will allow the wind speed and direction to be assessed. 4. ATC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . advise Perform procedures according to Normal Procedures 4A.6.11 - APPROACH & LANDING. 5. Touchdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . with the lowest possible airspeed
CONTINUED Doc. No. 7.01.15-E Rev. 1 18-Feb-2009 Page 4B - 3
DA 42 NG AFM
CAUTION
If sufficient time is remaining, the risk of fire in the event of a collision with obstacles can be reduced as follows after a safe touch-down: 6. 7. 8. ENGINE MASTER . . . . . . . . . . both OFF FUEL SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . both OFF ELECT. MASTER . . . . . . . . . . OFF
END OF CHECKLIST
Page 4B - 4
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
4B.2
CANOPY IN COOLING GAP POSITION
CAUTION
If take-off was inadvertently done with the canopy in the cooling gap position, do not attempt to close the canopy in flight. Land the airplane and close the canopy on ground.
4B.3
ENGINE INSTRUMENT INDICATIONS OUTSIDE OF GREEN RANGE ON THE G1000
4B.3.1 RPM High RPM 1. Reduce power of affected engine. 2. Keep RPM within the green range using the power lever. If the above mentioned measures do not solve the problem, refer to 3.11.3 - DEFECTIVE PROPELLER RPM REGULATING SYSTEM.
3. Land at the nearest suitable airfield.
END OF CHECKLIST
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 4B - 5
DA 42 NG AFM
4B.3.2 COOLANT TEMPERATURE (a) High Coolant Temperature Proceed according to: 3.2.2 - L/R ENG TEMP
(b) Low Coolant Temperature Check G1000 for L/R COOL LVL caution message (low coolant level)
NOTE
During an extended descent from high altitudes with a low power setting coolant temperature may decrease. In this case an increase in power and a decrease in airspeed can help.
L/R COOL LVL caution message displayed: Reduce power on affected engine. Expect loss of coolant.
WARNING
A further decrease in coolant temperature must be expected. Prepare for an engine failure in accordance with 3.7.6 ENGINE FAILURES IN FLIGHT.
END OF CHECKLIST
Page 4B - 6
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
4B.3.3 OIL TEMPERATURE (a) High Oil Temperature Proceed according to: 3.2.3 - L/R OIL TEMP
(b) Low Oil Temperature
NOTE
During an extended descent from high altitudes with a low power setting oil temperature may decrease. In this case an increase in power can help.
Increase power. Reduce airspeed.
END OF CHECKLIST
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 4B - 7
DA 42 NG AFM
4B.3.4 OIL PRESSURE (a) High Oil Pressure Check oil temperature. Check coolant temperature.
if the temperatures are within the green range: Expect false oil pressure indication. Keep monitoring temperatures.
if the temperatures are outside of the green range: Reduce power on affected engine.
WARNING
Land at the nearest suitable airfield. Prepare for an engine failure in accordance with 3.7.6 - ENGINE FAILURES IN FLIGHT.
END OF CHECKLIST
(b) Low Oil Pressure Proceed according to: 3.2.4 - L/R OIL PRES
Page 4B - 8
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
4B.3.5 GEARBOX TEMPERATURE High Gearbox Temperature Proceed according to: 3.2.5 - L/R GBOX TEMP
4B.3.6 FUEL TEMPERATURE (a) High Fuel Temperature Proceed according to: 3.2.6 - L/R FUEL TEMP
(b) Low Fuel Temperature Increase power on affected engine. Reduce airspeed.
CAUTION
At low ambient temperature conditions and/or at high airspeeds with low power settings, it can be assumed that the above mentioned procedure will increase the temperature(s). If the fuel temperature does not return to the green range perform a precautionary landing on the nearest suitable airfield. Prepare for an engine failure in accordance with 3.7.6 - ENGINE FAILURES IN FLIGHT.
END OF CHECKLIST Doc. No. 7.01.15-E Rev. 1 18-Feb-2009 Page 4B - 9
DA 42 NG AFM
4B.3.7 VOLTAGE (a) Low Voltage Indication on the Ground 1. Circuit breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check 2. POWER lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . increase RPM if LOW VOLTAGE CAUTION (LOW VOLTS / 4B.4.5) is still indicated on the G1000: - Terminate flight preparation. (b) Low Voltage During Flight 1. Circuit breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check 2. Electrical equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF if not needed if LOW VOLTAGE CAUTION (LOW VOLTS / 4B.4.5) is still indicated on the G1000: - Follow procedure in 4B.4.6 - L/R ALTN FAIL.
END OF CHECKLIST
Page 4B - 10
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
4B.4
CAUTION-ALERTS ON THE G1000
The G1000 provides the following CAUTION-alerts on the PFD in the ALERT area. 4B.4.1 CAUTIONS / GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS * * amber color coded text Single warning chime tone of 1.5 seconds duration
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 4B - 11
DA 42 NG AFM
4B.4.2 L/R ECU A FAIL L/R ECU A FAIL * or * is being tested during ECU test procedure before take-off check. Left / Right engine ECU A has failed
(a) ECU A Caution on the Ground Terminate flight preparation.
(b) ECU A Caution During Flight
NOTE
In case of a failure in the electronic ECU (Engine Control Unit) A the system automatically switches to ECU B.
1. VOTER switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . switch to ECU B 2. Land on the nearest suitable airfield. 3. The engine must be serviced after landing.
END OF CHECKLIST
Page 4B - 12
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
4B.4.3 L/R ECU B FAIL L/R ECU B FAIL * or * is being tested during ECU test procedure before take-off check. Left / Right engine ECU B has failed
(a) ECU B Caution on the Ground Terminate flight preparation.
(b) ECU B Caution During Flight 1. VOTER switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . switch to ECU A 2. Land on the nearest suitable airfield. 3. The engine must be serviced after landing.
END OF CHECKLIST
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 4B - 13
DA 42 NG AFM
4B.4.4 L/R FUEL LOW L/R FUEL LOW Left / Right engine main tank fuel quantity is low.
1. Fuel quantity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check
CAUTION
As soon as the amount of usable fuel in the main tank is low, a caution message is displayed. The indication is calibrated for straight and level flight. The caution message may be triggered during turns which are flown with slip, or while taxiing in curves.
if fuel quantities of LH & RH engines show remarkable different fuel quantities in flight: 2. 3. Expect loss of fuel on side with lower indication. Use crossfeed function to ensure fuel supply. Fuel pumps LH/RH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check OFF FUEL SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CROSSFEED (engine with LOW FUEL indication)
END OF CHECKLIST
Page 4B - 14
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
4B.4.5 LOW VOLTAGE CAUTION (LOW VOLTS) L/R VOLTS LOW Left / Right engine bus voltage is too low (less than 25 volts).
Possible reasons are: - A fault in the power supply. - RPM too low. Continue with 4B.3.7 - VOLTAGE.
CAUTION
If both low voltage indications are ON, expect failure of both alternators and follow 4B.4.6 - L/R ALTN FAIL.
END OF CHECKLIST
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 4B - 15
DA 42 NG AFM
4B.4.6 L/R ALTN FAIL L/R ALTN FAIL Left / Right engine alternator has failed.
(a) One Alternator Failed 1. ALTERNATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / affected side 2. Bus voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . monitor 3. Electrical consumers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . reduce as practicable
END OF CHECKLIST
(b) Both Alternators Failed Proceed according to: 3.3.1 - L/R ALTN FAIL
END OF CHECKLIST
Page 4B - 16
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
4B.4.7 L/R COOL LVL L/R COOL LVL Left / Right engine coolant level is low.
A low coolant caution alert may indicate a loss of coolant. This will subsequently lead to decreased engine cooling capability / loss of engine power due to engine failure.
1. Annunciations / Engine instruments . . . . . . . monitor See 4B.3.2 - COOLANT TEMPERATURE.
NOTE
The indication is calibrated for straight and level flight. The caution message may be triggered during turns which are flown with slip, or while taxiing in curves.
END OF CHECKLIST
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 4B - 17
DA 42 NG AFM
4B.4.8 PITOT FAIL / HT OFF PITOT FAIL PITOT HT OFF Pitot heating system has failed. Pitot heating system is OFF.
1. PITOT HEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check ON / as required
NOTE
The Pitot heating caution message is displayed when the Pitot heating is switched OFF, or when there is a failure of the Pitot heating system. Prolonged operation of the Pitot heating on the ground can also cause the Pitot heating caution message to be displayed. In this case it indicates the activation of the thermal switch, which prevents overheating of the Pitot heating system on the ground. This is a normal function of the system. After a cooling period, the heating system will be switched on again automatically.
If in icing conditions: 2. Expect loss of static instruments. 3. Leave icing zone / refer to 3.11.4 - UNINTENTIONAL FLIGHT INTO ICING.
END OF CHECKLIST
Page 4B - 18
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
4B.4.9 STALL HT FAIL / OFF STAL HT FAIL STAL HT OFF Stall warning heat has failed. Stall warning heat is OFF.
1. PITOT HEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check ON / as required
NOTE
The STAL HT OFF caution message is displayed when the Pitot heating is switched OFF, or STAL HT FAIL when there is a failure of the stall warning heating system. Operation of the stall warning heating on the ground also causes the stall warning heating failed caution message to be displayed. In this case it indicates the activation of the thermal protection relay, which prevents overheating of the stall warning heating system on the ground. This is a normal function of the system.
If in icing conditions: 2. Expect loss of acoustic stall warning. 3. Leave icing zone / refer to 3.11.4 - UNINTENTIONAL FLIGHT INTO ICING.
END OF CHECKLIST
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 4B - 19
DA 42 NG AFM
4B.4.10 L/R AUXILIARY FUEL TANK EMPTY (if installed) L/R AUX FUEL E Left / Right auxiliary fuel tank empty (displayed only when AUX PUMP switch is ON).
The auxiliary tank empty caution message indicates an empty auxiliary fuel tank while the aux. fuel pump is switched ON.
1. L/R auxiliary fuel pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
END OF CHECKLIST
Page 4B - 20
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
4B.4.11 STICK LIMIT STICK LIMIT Control stick limiting system (variable elevator stop) has failed.
The variable elevator backstop is activated depending on the position of the power levers. The system has two failure modes which can be identified as follows: (a) Both power levers are in a position for a power setting of more than approximately 20 % LOAD:
CAUTION
The variable elevator backstop is inoperative. In case of stalling with "power-on" the handling qualities and stallcharacteristics are degraded significantly. Do not stall the airplane in any configuration. (b) At least one power lever is in a position for a power setting of less than approximately 20 % LOAD:
CAUTION
The variable elevator backstop is active all the time, reducing the maximum elevator "pull"-deflection. This results in reduced elevator capacity. In this case it is important not to reduce airspeed below required minimum vREF = 84 KIAS during the approach for landing, especially at loading conditions with forward locations of the center of gravity (see Section 4B.11).
END OF CHECKLIST
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 4B - 21
DA 42 NG AFM
4B.4.12 CHECK GEAR CHECK GEAR Landing gear is not down and locked.
1. Landing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . down / as required
NOTE
The CHECK GEAR caution message is displayed when either the flaps are in LDG position or one power lever is less than approx 20% and the landing gear is not down and locked.
END OF CHECKLIST
Page 4B - 22
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
4B.4.13 RAIM UNAVAIL INTEG RAIM not available RAIM (Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitor) is not available.
(a) Enroute, Oceanic, Terminal, or Initial Approach Phase of Flight If the RAIM UNAVAIL annunciation is displayed in the enroute, oceanic, terminal, or initial approach phase of flight, continue to navigate using the GPS equipment or revert to an alternate means of navigation other than the G1000 GPS receiver appropriate to the route and phase of flight. When continuing to use GPS navigation, position must be verified every 15 minutes using the G1000 VOR / ILS receiver or another IFR-approved navigation system. (b) Final Approach If the RAIM UNAVAIL annunciation is displayed while on the final approach segment, GPS based navigation will continue for up to 5 minutes with approach CDI sensitivity (0.3 nautical miles). After 5 minutes the system will flag and no longer provide course guidance with approach sensitivity. Missed approach course guidance may still be available with 1 nautical mile CDI sensitivity and integrity by executing the missed approach.
END OF CHECKLIST
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 4B - 23
DA 42 NG AFM
4B.4.14 AHRS ALIGNING - KEEP WINGS LEVEL AHRS ALIGN: Keep Wings Level
The AHRS (Attitude and Heading Reference System) is aligning.
Keep wings level using standby attitude indicator.
END OF CHECKLIST
Page 4B - 24
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
4B.5
FAILURES IN FLAP OPERATING SYSTEM
Failure in Position Indication or Function 1. FLAPS position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check visually 2. Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . keep in white sector (max. 113 KIAS) 3. FLAPS switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . re-check all positions Modified Approach Procedure Depending on the Available Flap Setting
NOTE
Refer to 5.3.10 - LANDING DISTANCES for landing distances with abnormal flap positions. (a) Only UP available: Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . min. 86 KIAS Land at a flat approach angle, use power lever to control airplane speed and rate of descent. (b) Only APP available: Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . min. 84 KIAS Land at a flat approach angle, use power lever to control airplane speed and rate of descent. (c) Only LDG available: Perform normal landing. END OF CHECKLIST Doc. No. 7.01.15-E Rev. 1 18-Feb-2009 Page 4B - 25
DA 42 NG AFM
4B.6
FAILURES IN ELECTRICAL RUDDER PEDAL ADJUSTMENT
Runaway of Electrical Rudder Pedal Adjustment (Optional Equipment, OM 42-070)
NOTE
The circuit breaker for the rudder pedal adjustment is located below the related switch, on the rear wall of the leg room.
1. Circuit breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pull
END OF CHECKLIST
Page 4B - 26
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
4B.7
FAILURES IN HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
4B.7.1 CONTINUOUS HYDRAULIC PUMP OPERATION 1. Landing gear indication lights . . . . . . . . . . . . check 2. Prepare for manual landing gear extension. Refer to Section 3.8.2 - MANUAL EXTENSION OF THE LANDING GEAR.
NOTE
The landing gear might extend as the hydraulic system pressure decreases. Consider for higher aerodynamic drag, resulting in degraded flight performance, increased fuel consumption and decreased range. Unscheduled maintenance action is required after landing.
END OF CHECKLIST
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 4B - 27
DA 42 NG AFM
4B.7.2 HYDRAULIC PUMP FAILURE 1. Landing gear indication lights . . . . . . . . . . . . check 2. Prepare for manual landing gear extension. Refer to Section 3.8.2 - MANUAL EXTENSION OF THE LANDING GEAR.
NOTE
The landing gear might extend as the hydraulic system pressure decreases. Consider for higher aerodynamic drag, resulting in degraded flight performance, increased fuel consumption and decreased range. Unscheduled maintenance action is required after landing.
END OF CHECKLIST
Page 4B - 28
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
4B.8
STARTING ENGINE WITH EXTERNAL POWER
4B.8.1 BEFORE STARTING ENGINE 1. Pre-flight inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . complete 2. Passengers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . instructed
NOTE
Ensure all the passengers have been fully briefed on the use of the seat belts, adjustable back rests (if installed), doors and emergency exits and the ban on smoking.
3. Rear door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . closed and locked 4. Front canopy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . position 1 or 2 (cooling gap) 5. Rudder pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . adjusted; if manual pedal adjustment is installed, verify proper locking 6. Safety harnesses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . all on and fastened 7. POWER lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check IDLE 8. Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . set 9. AVIONIC MASTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check OFF 10. GEAR selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check DOWN 11. VOTER switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check AUTO 12. ALTERNATORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check ON 13. ELECT. MASTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check OFF 14. ENGINE MASTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check OFF 15. PROPELLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check clear 16. External power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . connect
DA 42 NG AFM
CAUTION
When switching the External Power Unit ON, the electrically driven hydraulic gear pump may activate itself for 5 to 20 seconds in order to restore the system pressure. Should the pump continue to operate continuously or periodically, terminate flight. There is a malfunction in the landing gear system.
NOTE
When switching the External Power Unit ON, all electrical equipment, connected to the LH and RH main buses is powered.
17. G1000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wait until power-up completed. Press ENT on MFD to acknowledge.
NOTE
The engine instruments are only available on the MFD after item 17 has been completed.
END OF CHECKLIST
Page 4B - 30
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
4B.8.2 STARTING ENGINE 1. Strobe lights (ACL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON 2. Fuel pumps LH/RH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check OFF 3. ELECT. MASTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON 4. ENGINE MASTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON, LH side 5. Annunciations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check "L ENGINE GLOW" ON
NOTE
L ENGINE GLOW is indicated only when the engine is cold.
6. Annunciations / Engine / System Page . . . . . check OK / normal range
WARNING
Before starting the engine the pilot must ensure that the propeller area is free, and no persons can be endangered.
After the L ENGINE GLOW indication is extinguished: 7. START KEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . START L as required / release when engine has started
DA 42 NG AFM
CAUTION
Do not overheat the starter motor. Do not operate the starter motor for more than 10 seconds. At ambient temperatures below -20C it is possible that the engine will not run at the first attempt. In this case wait 60 seconds between the start attempts. If the L/R STARTER annunciation does not extinguish after the engine has started and the START KEY has been released, set the ENGINE MASTER to OFF and investigate the problem. 8. Annunciations / Engine / System Page . . . . . check OK / normal range 9. Annunciations / Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check OFF 10. Annunciations / Oil pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . check OK
WARNING
If the oil pressure has not moved from the red range within 3 seconds after starting, set the ENGINE MASTER switch to OFF and investigate problem. 11. Circuit breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check all in / as required 12. Idle RPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . check, 740 30 RPM 13. External power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . disconnect 14. RH engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . start with normal procedure 15. Warm up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDLE for 30 seconds until oil temperature 50C (122F) and coolant temperature 60 C (140F) at 50% load and 1400 RPM
END OF CHECKLIST Page 4B - 32 Rev. 1 18-Feb-2009 Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
4B.9
LIGHTNING STRIKE
1. Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . as low as practicable, do not exceed vO (refer to Section 2.2) 2. Grasp airplane controls firmly 3. Autopilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . disengage (check) 4. PFD / backup instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . verify periodically 5. Continue flight under VMC 6. Land on next suitable airfield
CAUTION
Due to possible damage to the airplane obey the following instructions: - Avoid abrupt or full control surface movements. - Avoid high g-loads on the airframe. - Avoid high yaw angles. - Avoid turbulent air as far as possible (e.g. lee effects). - Do not fly into areas of known or forecast icing. - Maintain VMC.
END OF CHECKLIST
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 4B - 33
DA 42 NG AFM
4B.10 FAILURES IN THE AUTOPILOT SYSTEM

4B.10.1 AUTOPILOT DISCONNECT (yellow AP flashing on PFD) 1. AP DISC switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DEPRESS AND RELEASE (to cancel disconnect tone) 2. Pitch trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . retrim if necessary, using the trim wheel
NOTE
The autopilot disconnect may be accompanied by a red boxed PTCH (pitch) or ROL on the PFD, indicating the axis which has failed. The autopilot cannot be re-engaged with either of these annunciations present.
END OF CHECKLIST
Page 4B - 34
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
4B.10.2 AUTOPILOT OVERSPEED RECOVERY (yellow MAXSPD on PFD) 1. POWER lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . reduce power
When overspeed condition is corrected: 2. Autopilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . reselect VERTICAL MODE (if necessary)
NOTE
Overspeed recovery mode provides a pitch up command to decelerate the airplane at or below the maximum autopilot operating speed (180 KIAS). Overspeed recovery is not active in altitude hold (ALT) or glideslope (GS) modes.
END OF CHECKLIST
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 4B - 35
DA 42 NG AFM
4B.10.3 LOSS OF NAVIGATION INFORMATION (Yellow VOR, VAPP, GPS or LOC flashing on PFD)
NOTE
If a navigation signal is lost while the autopilot is tracking it, the autopilot will roll the airplane wings level and default to roll mode (ROL). 1. Autopilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . select HDG on mode controller 2. Nav source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . select a valid NAV source 3. Autopilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . select NAV on mode controller If on an instrument approach at the time the navigation signal is lost: 4. Missed approach procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EXECUTE (as applicable)
END OF CHECKLIST
Page 4B - 36
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
4B.10.4 AUTOPILOT OUT OF TRIM (Yellow 7AIL, 6AIL, 8ELE, 9ELE, 7RUD or 6RUD on PFD) For 8ELE, or 9ELE Indication:
WARNING
Do not attempt to overpower the autopilot in the event of a pitch mistrim. The autopilot servos will oppose pilot input and will cause pitch trim to run opposite the direction of pilot input. This will lead to a significant out-of-trim condition resulting in large control stick force when disengaging the autopilot.
CAUTION
Be prepared for significant sustained control forces in the direction of the annunciation arrow. For example, an arrow pointing down indicates nose down control stick force will be required upon autopilot disconnect.
NOTE
Momentary illumination (5 sec or less) of the 8ELE or 9ELE indication during configuration or large airspeed changes is normal. If the annunciation remains: 1. AP DISC switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DEPRESS AND HOLD while grasping control stick firmly
DA 42 NG AFM
2. Aircraft attitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . maintain / regain airplane control, use standby attitude indicator if necessary 3. Pitch trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . retrim if necessary, using the trim wheel 4. AUTOPILOT circuit breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL 5. AP DISC switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RELEASE
WARNING
Following an autopilot, autotrim or manual electric trim system malfunction, do not engage the autopilot or operate the manual electric trim until the cause of the malfunction has been corrected.
END OF CHECKLIST
For 6AIL, 7AIL or 6RUD, 7RUD Indication: 1. Rudder trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VERIFY slip / skid indicator is centered, trim is necessary
NOTE
Observe the maximum fuel imbalance limitation.
END OF CHECKLIST
Page 4B - 38
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
If annunciation remains: 2. Control stick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GRASP FIRMLY with both hands
CAUTION
Be prepared for sustained control forces in the direction of the annunciation arrow. For example, an 6AIL indicates that sustained right wing down control stick force or for 6RUD sustained right rudder force will be required upon autopilot disconnect. 3. AP DISC switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DEPRESS 4. Autopilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RE-ENGAGE if lateral trim is re-established
END OF CHECKLIST
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 4B - 39
DA 42 NG AFM
4B.10.5 FLASHING YELLOW MODE ANNUNCIATION
NOTE
Abnormal mode transitions (those not initiated by the pilot or by normal sequencing of the autopilot) will be annunciated by flashing the disengaged mode in yellow on the PFD. Upon loss of a selected mode, the system will revert to the default mode for the affected axis, either ROL or PIT. After 10 seconds, the new mode (PIT or ROL) will be annunciated in green. Loss of Selected Vertical Mode (FLC, VS, ALT, GS) 1. Autopilot mode controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . select another vertical mode If on an instrument approach: 2. Autopilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCONNECT and continue manually or execute missed approach Loss of Selected Lateral Mode (HDG, NAV, GPS, LOC, VAPP, BC): 1. Autopilot mode controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . select another lateral mode If on an instrument approach: 2. Autopilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCONNECT and continue manually or execute missed approach
END OF CHECKLIST
Page 4B - 40
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
4B.10.6 EFFECTS OF G1000 LOSSES UPON AUTOPILOT OPERATION G 1000 System Loss Effect upon Autopilot Operation
AHRS
The autopilot disconnects and autopilot, yaw damper and flight director are inoperative. Manual electric trim is available. The autopilot will remain engaged with the loss of the HDG Mode. The autopilot will remain engaged with limited functionality. The autopilot disconnects and autopilot and flight director are inoperative. Manual electric trim is available. The autopilot disconnects and autopilot, flight director and manual electric trim are inoperative. The autopilot disconnects and autopilot and manual electric trim are inoperative. Flight director is available. The autopilot and flight director operates in NAV modes only (LOC, BC, VOR, VAPP) with reduced accuracy. The autopilot disconnects and autopilot is inoperative. The flight director is available except for air data modes (ALT, VS, FLC). Manual electric trim is available.
HDG function of AHRS MFD PFD GIA No. 1 GIA No. 2 GPS No. 1 and 2 ADC
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 4B - 41
DA 42 NG AFM
4B.11 LANDING WITH HIGH LANDING MASS CAUTION

Damage of the landing gear can result from a hard landing with a flight mass above the maximum landing mass.
NOTE
A landing with a mass between 1805 kg (3979 lb) and 1900 kg (4189 lb) is admissible. It constitutes an abnormal operating procedure. A "Hard Landing Check" is only required after a hard landing, regardless of the actual landing mass.
Perform landing approach according to Section 4A.6.11.
END OF CHECKLIST
Page 4B - 42
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
4B.12 L/R AUX FUEL TRANSFER FAIL (IF AUX. TANKS ARE INSTALLED)
If the fuel quantity in a main tank does not increase during fuel transfer: 1. Switch OFF both AUX PUMPS. 2. Check fuel pump LH/RH OFF.
CAUTION
An imbalance in the auxiliary tanks is approved when the imbalance in the main tanks is less than 1 US gal (3.8 liters).
2. Check fuel imbalance in the main tanks; use CROSSFEED function to keep the LH and RH main tank imbalance within the permissible limit of 1 US gal (3.8 liters). 3. Switch the remaining AUX PUMP ON. 4. Use crossfeed function to keep the LH and RH main tank imbalance within the permissible limit of 1 US gal (3.8 liters).
END OF CHECKLIST
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 4B - 43
DA 42 NG AFM
Page 4B - 44
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
Performance
CHAPTER 5 PERFORMANCE
Page 5.1 5.2 5.3 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 USE OF THE PERFORMANCE TABLES AND DIAGRAMS . . . . . . 5-2 PERFORMANCE TABLES AND DIAGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 5.3.1 AIRSPEED CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 5.3.2 FUEL FLOW DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 5.3.3 INTERNATIONAL STANDARD ATMOSPHERE . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 5.3.4 STALLING SPEEDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 5.3.5 WIND COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 5.3.6 TAKE-OFF DISTANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 5.3.7 CLIMB PERFORMANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 5.3.8 ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE CLIMB PERFORMANCE . . . 5-16 5.3.9 CRUISING (TRUE AIRSPEED TAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18 5.3.10 LANDING DISTANCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20 5.3.11 GRADIENT OF CLIMB ON GO-AROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25 5.3.12 APPROVED NOISE DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 5 - 1
Performance
DA 42 NG AFM
5.1
INTRODUCTION
The performance tables and diagrams on the following pages are presented so that, on the one hand, you can see what performance you can expect from your airplane, while on the other hand they allow comprehensive and sufficiently accurate flight planning. The values in the tables and the diagrams were obtained in the framework of the flight trials using an airplane and power-plant in good condition, and corrected to the conditions of the International Standard Atmosphere (ISA = 15 EC / 59 F and 1013.25 hPa / 29.92 inHg at sea level). The performance diagrams do not take into account variations in pilot experience or a poorly maintained airplane. The performances given can be attained if the procedures quoted in this manual are applied, and the airplane has been well maintained.
5.2
USE OF THE PERFORMANCE TABLES AND DIAGRAMS
In order to illustrate the influence of a number of different variables, the performance data is reproduced in the form of tables or diagrams. These contain sufficiently detailed information so that conservative values can be selected and used for the determination of adequate performance data for the planned flight.
Page 5 - 2
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
Performance
5.3
PERFORMANCE TABLES AND DIAGRAMS
5.3.1 AIRSPEED CALIBRATION
NOTE
The position of the landing gear (extended/retracted) has no significant influence on the airspeed indicator system.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 5 - 3
Performance
DA 42 NG AFM
Page 5 - 4
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
Performance
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 5 - 5
Performance
DA 42 NG AFM
5.3.2 FUEL FLOW DIAGRAM
CAUTION
The diagram shows the fuel flow per hour for one engine.
NOTE
The fuel calculations on the FUEL CALC portion of the G1000 MFD do not use the airplane's fuel quantity indicators. The values shown are numbers which are calculated from the last fuel quantity update done by the pilot and actual fuel flow data. Therefore, the endurance and range data is for information only, and must not be used for flight planning.
Page 5 - 6
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
Performance
5.3.3 INTERNATIONAL STANDARD ATMOSPHERE
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 5 - 7
Performance
DA 42 NG AFM
5.3.4 STALLING SPEEDS Stalling Speeds at Various Flight Masses Airspeeds in KIAS at idle power: 1510 kg (3329 lb) Gear UP DOWN DOWN Flaps UP APP LDG 0 62 62 58 Bank Angle 30 66 67 63 45 73 73 70 60 85 86 83
1700 kg (3748 lb) Gear UP DOWN DOWN Flaps UP APP LDG 0 66 64 60
Bank Angle 30 70 69 65 45 77 75 72 60 90 89 86
1900 kg (4189 lb) Gear UP DOWN DOWN Flaps UP APP LDG 0 69 66 62
Bank Angle 30 74 71 67 45 81 78 75 60 95 92 89
Page 5 - 8
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
Performance
5.3.5 WIND COMPONENTS

Flight Direction 32 40 0 10 20 30 40
50 30 60 Headwind Component [kts] Maximum demonstrated Crosswind Component 20 70 10 80 90 100 10 110 20 180 160 10 16 20 130 30 120 40
Crosswind Component [kts]
Example: Result:
Flight direction Wind Crosswind component
: : : :
360 32/30 kts 16 kts 25 kts
Max. demonstrated crosswind component
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 5 - 9
Performance
DA 42 NG AFM
5.3.6 TAKE-OFF DISTANCE Conditions: - Power lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . both MAX @ 2300 RPM - Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP - Nose wheel lift-off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . @ vR = 80 KIAS - Airspeed for initial climb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 KIAS - Runway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . level, hard paved surface (concrete, asphalt, etc.)
values for ISA and MSL, at 1900 kg (4189 lb)
Take-off distance to 50 ft (15 m) above take-off surface Take-off ground roll
733 m (2405 ft) 458 m (1503 ft)
NOTE
The rate of climb with a power setting of 100% is 1180 ft/min (6.0 m/s) at MSL and ISA standard conditions.
Page 5 - 10
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
Performance
WARNING
For a safe take-off the available runway length must be at least equal to the take-off distance over a 50 ft (15 m) obstacle.
WARNING
Poor maintenance condition of the airplane, deviation from the given procedures, uneven runway, as well as unfavorable external factors ( rain, unfavorable wind conditions, including cross-wind) will increase the take-off distance.
CAUTION
The figures in the following NOTE are typical values. On wet ground or wet soft grass covered runways the take-off roll may become significantly longer than stated below. In any case the pilot must allow for the condition of the runway to ensure a safe take-off.
NOTE
For take-off from dry, short-cut grass covered runways, the following corrections must be taken into account, compared to paved runways (typical values, see CAUTION above): - grass up to 5 cm (2 in) long:10 % increase in take-off roll. - grass 5 to 10 cm (2 to 4 in) long:15 % increase in takeoff roll. - grass longer than 10 cm (4 in): at least 25 % increase in take-off roll. - on grass longer than 25 cm (10 in), a take-off should not be attempted.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 5 - 11
Performance
DA 42 NG AFM
NOTE
For wet grass, an additional 10 % increase in take-off roll must be expected.
NOTE
For soft ground, an additional 45 % increase in take-off roll must be expected.
NOTE
An uphill slope of 2 % (2 m per 100 m or 2 ft per 100 ft) results in an increase in the take-off distance of approximately 10 %. The effect on the take-off roll can be greater.
Page 5 - 12
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1 Performance
18-Feb-2009
Page 5 - 13
Conditions: Flaps: UP, Power: both MAX @ 2300 RPM, vR: 80 KIAS, Airspeed: 85 KIAS, Runway: hard, paved
Performance
DA 42 NG AFM
5.3.7 CLIMB PERFORMANCE Conditions: - Power lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . both 92% load @ 2100 RPM - Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP - Landing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . retracted - Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 KIAS
NOTE
The charts on the following pages show the rate of climb. The gradient of climb cannot easily be determined with a chart, but it can be calculated using the following formulae:
Gradient [%] = ROC [fpm] 0.95 TAS [KTAS] ROC [m / s] 190 TAS [KTAS]
Gradient [%] =
Page 5 - 14
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1 Performance
18-Feb-2009
Page 5 - 15
Conditions: Flaps: UP, Power: both @ 92%, Landing gear: retracted, Airspeed: 90 KIAS
Performance
DA 42 NG AFM
5.3.8 ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE CLIMB PERFORMANCE Conditions: - Remaining engine (RH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92% load or maximum 2100 RPM - Dead engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . feathered and secured - Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP - Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 KIAS - Landing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . retracted - Zero sideslip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . established
NOTE
With respect to handling and performance, the left-hand engine (pilots view) is considered the "critical" engine.
NOTE
The charts on the following pages show the rate of climb. The gradient of climb cannot easily be determined with a chart, but it can be calculated using the following formulae:
ROC [fpm] 0.95 TAS [KTAS] ROC [m / s] 190 TAS [KTAS]
Gradient [%] =
Gradient [%] =
Page 5 - 16
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1 Performance
18-Feb-2009
Page 5 - 17
Conditions: Flaps: UP, Power: remaining engine @ 92% / dead engine: feathered and secured, Airspeed: 85 KIAS
Performance
DA 42 NG AFM
5.3.9 CRUISING (TRUE AIRSPEED TAS) Conditions: - Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . all operating - Power lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . as required to adjust selected displayed LOAD [%] - Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP - Landing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . retracted
Page 5 - 18
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1 Performance
18-Feb-2009
Page 5 - 19
Conditions: Engines: both operating, Power: as required to adjust selected LOAD [%], Flaps: UP, Landing gear: retracted
Performance
DA 42 NG AFM
5.3.10 LANDING DISTANCES Conditions: - Power lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . both IDLE - Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LDG - Runway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . level, asphalt surface, dry
Values for ISA and MSL, at 1805 kg (3979 lb), approach speed 84 KIAS
Landing distance from 50 ft (15 m) above the landing surface Ground roll
598 m (1962 ft) 353 m (1158 ft)
NOTE
A landing with a mass between 1805 kg (3979 lb) and 1900 kg (4189 lb) is admissible. It constitutes an abnormal operating procedure.
Values for ISA and MSL, at 1900 kg (4189 lb), approach speed 84 KIAS
Landing distance from 50 ft (15 m) above the landing surface Ground roll
618 m (2028 ft) 369 m (1211 ft)
Page 5 - 20
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
Performance
WARNING
For a safe landing the available runway length must be at least equal to the landing distance over a 50 ft (15 m) obstacle.
WARNING
Poor maintenance condition of the airplane, deviation from the given procedures, uneven runway, as well as unfavorable external factors (rain, unfavorable wind conditions, including cross-wind) will increase the landing distance.
CAUTION
The figures in the following NOTE are typical values. On wet ground or wet soft grass covered runways the landing distance may become significantly longer than stated below. In any case the pilot must allow for the condition of the runway to ensure a safe landing.
NOTE
For landings on dry, short-cut grass covered runways, the following corrections must be taken into account, compared to paved runways (typical values, see CAUTION above): - grass up to 5 cm (2 in) long: 10 % increase in landing roll. - grass 5 to 10 cm (2 to 4 in) long:15 % increase in landing roll. - grass longer than 10 cm (4 in): at least 25 % increase in landing roll.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 5 - 21
Performance
DA 42 NG AFM
NOTE
For wet grass or soft ground, an additional 10% increase in landing roll must be expected.
NOTE
A downhill slope of 2 % (2 m per 100 m or 2 ft per 100 ft) results in an increase in the landing distance of approximately 10 %. The effect on the landing roll can be greater.
Page 5 - 22
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1 Performance
18-Feb-2009
Page 5 - 23
Conditions: Flaps: LDG, Power: both IDLE, Runway: level and hard, dry surface, Approach speed: 84 KIAS
Performance
Page 5 - 24 DA 42 NG AFM
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Conditions: Flaps: UP or APP, Power: both IDLE, Runway: level and hard, dry surface, Approach speed: 86 KIAS
DA 42 NG AFM
Performance
5.3.11 GRADIENT OF CLIMB ON GO-AROUND Conditions: - Power lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . both MAX - Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LDG - Landing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . extended - Airspeed: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 KIAS Value for ISA and MSL, at 1805 kg (3979 lb) Constant gradient of climb 7.5 % (equals 4.3 climb angle) or 612 ft/min
NOTE
A landing with a mass between 1805 kg (3979 lb) and 1900 kg (4189 lb) is admissible. It constitutes an abnormal operating procedure.
Value for ISA and MSL, at 1900 kg (4189 lb) Constant gradient of climb 6.7 % (equals 3.8 climb angle) or 547 ft/min
5.3.12 APPROVED NOISE DATA Max. Flight Mass 1900 kg (4189 lb) ICAO Annex 16 Chapter X, App.6 . . . . . . . . . . . . 78,0 dB(A)
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 5 - 25
Performance
DA 42 NG AFM
Page 5 - 26
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
Mass and Balance
CHAPTER 6 MASS AND BALANCE

Page
6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 DATUM PLANE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 MASS AND BALANCE REPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 FLIGHT MASS AND CENTER OF GRAVITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 6.4.1 MOMENT ARMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 6.4.2 LOADING DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9 6.4.3 CALCULATION OF LOADING CONDITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10 6.4.4 PERMISSIBLE CENTER OF GRAVITY RANGE . . . . . . . . . 6-12 6.4.5 PERMISSIBLE MOMENT RANGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
6.5
EQUIPMENT LIST AND EQUIPMENT INVENTORY . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 6 - 1
Mass and Balance
DA 42 NG AFM
6.1
INTRODUCTION
In order to achieve the performance and flight characteristics described in this Airplane Flight Manual and for safe flight operation, the airplane must be operated within the permissible mass and balance envelope. The pilot is responsible for adhering to the permissible values for loading and center of gravity (CG). In this, he should note the movement of the CG due to fuel consumption. The permissible CG range during flight is given in Chapter 2. The procedure for determining the flight mass CG position is described in this chapter. Additionally a comprehensive list of the equipment approved for this airplane exists (Equipment List). The set of items marked as 'installed' constitutes the Equipment Inventory. Before the airplane is delivered, the empty mass and the corresponding CG position are determined and entered in Section 6.3 - MASS AND BALANCE REPORT.
NOTE
Following equipment changes the new empty mass and the corresponding CG position must be determined by calculation or by weighing. Following repairs or repainting the new empty mass and the corresponding CG position must be determined by weighing. Empty mass, empty mass CG position, and the empty mass moment must be certified in the Mass and Balance Report by authorized personnel.
Page 6 - 2
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
Mass and Balance
NOTE
Refer to Section 1.6 - UNITS OF MEASUREMENT for conversion of SI units to US units and vice versa.
6.2
DATUM PLANE
The Datum Plane (DP) is a plane which is normal to the airplanes longitudinal axis and in front of the airplane as seen from the direction of flight. The airplanes longitudinal axis is parallel with the floor of the nose baggage compartment. When the floor of the nose baggage compartment is aligned horizontally, the Datum Plane is vertical. The Datum Plane is located 2.196 meters (86.46 in) forward of the most forward point of the root rib on the stub wing.
floor of nose baggage compartment horizontal
2196 mm Root Rib on Stub Wing

18-Feb-2009
(86.46 in)
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Datum Plane
Rev. 1
Page 6 - 3
Mass and Balance
DA 42 NG AFM
6.3
MASS AND BALANCE REPORT
The empty mass and the corresponding CG position established before delivery are the first entries in the Mass and Balance Report. Every change in permanently installed equipment, and every repair to the airplane which affects the empty mass or the empty mass CG must be recorded in the Mass and Balance Report. For the calculation of flight mass and corresponding CG position (or moment), the current empty mass and the corresponding CG position (or moment) in accordance with the Mass and Balance Report must always be used. Condition of the airplane for establishing the empty mass: Equipment as per Equipment Inventory (see Section 6.5) Including the following operating fluids: brake fluid hydraulic fluid (for the retractable gear) engine oil (2 x 7 liters = 2 x 7.4 qts) coolant (2 x 7.5 liters = 2 x 7.93 qts) gearbox oil (2 x 2.1 liters = 2 x 2.22 qts) unusable fuel in main fuel tanks (2 x 1 US gal = 2 x 3.79 liters) unusable fuel in auxiliary fuel tanks ( if installed, 2 x 0.5 US gal = 2 x 1.89 liters)
Page 6 - 4
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42NG
Changes in mass Description of part or Modification
OUT Upon delivery Mass Moment Arm Moment Mass Mass Moment Moment Moment Arm Moment Arm
Serial No.:
Registration: Page No.:
Addition (+)
Subtraction (-)
Current empty mass
DA 42 NG AFM
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E MASS AND BALANCE REPORT
Date
Entry No.:
IN
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Mass and Balance
Page 6 - 5
Mass and Balance
DA 42 NG AFM
6.4
FLIGHT MASS AND CENTER OF GRAVITY
The following information enables you to operate your DA 42 NG within the permissible mass and balance limits. For the calculation of the flight mass and the corresponding CG position the following tables and diagrams are required: 6.4.1 - MOMENT ARMS 6.4.2 - LOADING DIAGRAM 6.4.3 - CALCULATION OF LOADING CONDITION 6.4.4 - PERMISSIBLE CENTER OF GRAVITY RANGE 6.4.5 - PERMISSIBLE MOMENT RANGE The diagrams should be used as follows: 1. Take the empty mass and the empty mass moment of your airplane from the Mass and Balance Report, and enter the figures in the appropriate boxes under the column marked Your DA 42 NG' in Table 6.4.3 - CALCULATION OF LOADING CONDITION. 2. Read the fuel quantity indicators to determine the fuel quantity in the main fuel tanks. 3. Determine the fuel quantity in the auxiliary fuel tanks (if installed). To verify an empty auxiliary fuel tank, set the ELECT. MASTER switch and the AUX PUMP switch to ON and check the PFD for the L/R AUX FUEL E caution message. To verify a full auxiliary fuel tank open the auxiliary fuel tank filler and check fuel level. If the auxiliary fuel tank quantity is in between empty and full, the exact quantity cannot be determined. If possible transfer all fuel to the main fuel tank by setting the ELECT. MASTER switch and the AUX PUMP switch to ON until the L/R AUX FUEL E caution message appears on the PFD. During this procedure ground power must be used or at least one engine must be running. The fuel transfer will take a maximum of 10 minutes.
Page 6 - 6
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
Mass and Balance
CAUTION
If the auxiliary tanks are in use, both tanks must be refueled to the maximum level to provide proper information for the pilot about the fuel quantity in the auxiliary fuel tanks. If the auxiliary tanks are not in use, the pilot must ensure that they are empty. 4. Multiply the individual masses by the moment arms quoted to obtain the moment for every item of loading and enter these moments in the appropriate boxes in Table 6.4.3 - CALCULATION OF LOADING CONDITION. 5. Add up the masses and moments in the respective columns. The CG position is calculated by dividing the total moment by the total mass (using row 8 for the condition with empty fuel tanks, and row 11 for the pre take-off condition). The resulting CG position must be inside the limits. As an illustration the total mass and the CG position are entered on Diagram 6.4.4 PERMISSIBLE CENTER OF GRAVITY RANGE. This checks graphically that the current configuration of the airplane is within the permissible range. 6. Graphical method: Diagram 6.4.2 - LOADING DIAGRAM is used to determine the moments. The masses and moments for the individual items of loading are added. Then Diagram 6.4.5 PERMISSIBLE MOMENT RANGE is used to check whether the total moment associated with the total mass is in the permissible range. The result found with the graphical method is however inaccurate. In doubtful cases the result must be verified using the exact method given above.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 6 - 7
Mass and Balance
DA 42 NG AFM
6.4.1 MOMENT ARMS The most important lever arms aft of the Datum Plane: Lever Arm Item [m] Occupants on front seats Occupants on rear seats in main tanks Fuel in auxiliary tanks (if installed) De-icing fluid (if equipment installed, OM 42-053) nose Baggage in compartments cabin extension 1.00 0.60 3.89 4.54 39.4 23.6 153.1 178.7 2.30 3.25 2.63 3.20 [in] 90.6 128.0 103.5 126.0
Page 6 - 8
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Load Mass [lb] [kg]

225 200 175 150 125 100 75 50 25
DA 42 NG AFM
6.4.2 LOADING DIAGRAM
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Fuel Quantity [US gal] [liters]
Rev. 1
100 10,000 200 20,000 300 30,000 400 500 40,000 50,000
18-Feb-2009
[kgm] [in.lb] Load Moment
Mass and Balance
Page 6 - 9
Mass and Balance
DA 42 NG AFM
6.4.3 CALCULATION OF LOADING CONDITION
NOTE
If the optional de-icing system (OM 42-053) is installed, the following must be observed: The consumption of fuel causes a forward movement of the CG. The consumption of de-icing fluid causes a rearward movement of the CG. Depending on the fuel flow and de-icing fluid flow, the overall movement of the CG can be a forward or a rearward movement. In order to cover all possible cases, the following table must be completed twice: with (as shown in the example) and without considering the on-board de-icing fluid. All four CG positions (fuel tank full/empty, de-icing fluid tank full/empty) must fall into the permitted area.
1. Complete the form on the next page. 2. Divide the total moments from rows 8 and 11 by the related total mass to obtain the CG positions. In our example: empty tanks: 3958.7 kgm / 1655.5 kg = 2.391 m 343,717 in.lb / 3651.0 lb = 94.14 in full tanks: 4645.7 kgm / 1898.5 kg = 2.447 m 403,356 in.lb / 4187.0 lb = 96,335 in 3. Locate the values in the diagram in Section 6.4.4 - PERMISSIBLE CENTER OF GRAVITY RANGE. If the CG positions and related masses fall into the permitted area, the loading condition is allowable. Our example shows allowable loading conditions.
Page 6 - 10
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
Mass and Balance
DA 42 NG CALCULATION OF LOADING CONDITION (Example) Mass [kg] [lb] 1. Empty mass (from Mass and Balance Report) 2. Front seats Lever arm: 2.30 m (90.6 in) 3. Rear seats Lever arm: 3.25 m (128.0 in) 4. Nose baggage compt. Lever arm: 0.60 m (23.6 in) 5. Cabin baggage compt. Lever arm: 3.89 m (153.1 in) 6. Baggage extension Lever arm: 4.54 m (178.7 in) 7. De-Icing fluid (if installed; see NOTE on previous page) (1.1 kg/liter) (9.2 lb/US gal) Lever arm: 1.00 m (39.4 in) 8. Total mass & total moment with empty fuel tanks (Total of 1.-7.) 9. Usable fuel, main tanks (0.84 kg/liter) (7.01 lb/US gal) Lever arm: 2.63 m (103.5 in) 10. Usable fuel, auxiliary tanks (if installed) (0.84 kg/liter) (7.01 lb/US gal) Lever arm: 3.20 m (126.0 in) 11. Total mass & total moment with fuel & de-icing fluid (Total of 8. through 10.) 1450
3197
Your DA 42 NG Mass [kg] [lb] Moment [kgm] [in.lb]
Moment [kgm] [in.lb] 3488.0

302,747
160
353
368.0
31,982
0
0
0.0
0,0
0
0
0.0
0,0
10
22
38.9
3,368
8
18
36.3
3,217
27.5
61
27.5
2,403
1655.5
3651
3958.7
343,717
159
351
418.2
36,329
84
185
268.8
23,310
1898.5
4187
4645.7
403,356
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 6 - 11
Mass and Balance
DA 42 NG AFM
The CG's shown in the following diagrams are those from the example in Section 6.4.3 - CALCULATION OF LOADING CONDITION, rows 8 and 11. 6.4.4 PERMISSIBLE CENTER OF GRAVITY RANGE
Flight Mass [lb]
Center of Gravity Position [in]
98
93
Page 6 - 12
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
1500 2.35
1900 1850 1800 1750 1700
1650
1600 1550
92
2.40 2.45 Center of Gravity Position [m]

Flight Mass [kg]
94
95
96
97
2.50
DA 42 NG AFM
Mass and Balance
The flight CG position must be within the following limits: Most forward flight CG: 2.357 m (92.80 in) aft of datum plane at 1510 kg (3329 lb) 2.418 m (95.20 in) aft of datum plane at max. take-off mass (see Section 2.7) linear variation in between Most rearward flight CG: 2.460 m (96.85 in) aft of datum plane at 1510 kg (3329 lb) 2.480 m (97.64 in) aft of datum plane at 1700 kg (3748 lb) 2.480 m (97.64 in) aft of datum plane at max. take-off mass (see Section 2.7) linear variation in between
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 6 - 13
Mass and Balance
DA 42 NG AFM
Flight Mass Moment [in lb]
2000
1950
1900
1850
1800
1750
1700
1650
1600
1550
The flight mass moments shown in the diagram are those from the example in Table 6.4.3 (a) - CALCULATION OF LOADING CONDITION, rows 8 and 11.
Page 6 - 14
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
1500
Flight Mass Moment [kg m]
4900
4800
4700
4500
4400
4300
4200
4100
4000
3900
3800
3700
3600
3500
3400
5000
4600
Flight Mass [lb] Flight Mass [kg]
6.4.5 PERMISSIBLE MOMENT RANGE
DA 42 NG AFM
Mass and Balance
6.5
EQUIPMENT LIST AND EQUIPMENT INVENTORY
All equipment that is approved for installation in the DA 42 NG is shown in the Equipment List below.
NOTE
The equipment listed below cannot be installed in any arbitrary combination. The airplane manufacturer must be contacted before removing or installing equipment, with the exception of replacing a unit by an identical unit.
The items of equipment installed in your particular airplane are indicated in the appropriate column. The set of items marked as 'installed' constitutes the Equipment Inventory.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 6 - 15
DA 42 NG AFM
Mass and Balance
Airplane Serial No.:

Type
305 467-00 305 468-00 305 468-00 Sandia Aerospace Sandia Aerospace Sandia Aerospace
Registration:
Part No. Manufacturer S/N installed lb kg in m
Date:
Mass
Lever Arm
Description
AVIONICS COOLING
Avionics cooling fan
SAFE 328
PFD cooling fan
SAFE 128
MFD cooling fan
SAFE 128
AUTOPILOT SYSTEM 011-00878-00 011-00894-07 011-00878-00 011-00894-07 011-00878-00 011-00894-04 011-00877-00 011-00894-08 DA4-2213-12-90 031-00514-0000 031-00428-0000 200-09187-0000 Bendix/King Bendix/King Bendix/King Diamond Aircraft Garmin Garmin Garmin Garmin Garmin Garmin Garmin Garmin
Pitch servo
GSA 81
Pitch servo mount
GSM 85
Roll servo
GSA 81
Roll servo mount
GSM 85
Pitch trim servo
GSA 81
Pitch trim servo mount
GSM 85
Yaw servo
GSA 80
Yaw servo mount
GSM 85
Control stick
CWS switch
AP-Disc switch
Trim switch assy
ELECTRICAL POWER Concorde D60-2560-91-00 Diamond Aircraft
Main battery
RG24-15(M)
Emergency battery
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 6 - 16
DA 42 NG AFM
Mass and Balance

Type
Panasonic Panasonic DA4-2443-10-00 Diamond Aircraft
Registration:
Part No. Manufacturer S/N installed lb kg in
Date:
Mass
Lever Arm
m
Description
ECU backup battery LH (2 pcs.)
LC-R127R2P
ECU backup battery RH (2 pcs.)
LC-R127R2P
External power connector
EQUIPMENT 5-01-1C0710 5-01-1C5710 5-01-1B5710 5-01-1B0710 5-01-2G0710 5-01-2G5710 5-01-2H5710 5-01-2H0710 5-01-2G0701 5-01-2G5701 5-01-2H5701 5-01-2H0701 453-6603 345-6196-04 110-338 130-4004 Artex Artex Artex Artex 0.470 0.213 152.800 3.880 Schroth Schroth Schroth Schroth Schroth Schroth Schroth Schroth Schroth Schroth Schroth Schroth 2.110 2.110 2.250 2.250 2.110 2.110 2.250 2.250 2.110 2.110 2.250 2.250 2.770 0.960 0.960 92.520 92.520 1.020 126.800 1.020 126.800 0.960 0.960 92.520 92.520 1.020 126.800 1.020 126.800 0.960 0.960 92.520 92.520 1.020 126.800 1.020 126.800 1.260 179.700 2.350 2.350 3.220 3.220 2.350 2.350 3.220 3.220 2.350 2.350 3.220 3.220 4.565
Safety belt, pilot
5-01-() Series
Safety belt, co-pilot
5-01-() Series
Safety belt, LH pax
5-01-() Series
Safety belt, RH pax
5-01-() Series
Safety belt, pilot
5-01-() Series
5-01-() Series
Safety belt, LH pax
5-01-() Series
Safety belt, RH pax
5-01-() Series
Safety belt, pilot
5-01-() Series
5-01-() Series
Safety belt, LH pax
5-01-() Series
Safety belt, RH pax
5-01-() Series
ELT unit
ME406
ELT remote switch
ELT antenna
Buzzer
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 6 - 17
DA 42 NG AFM
Mass and Balance

Type
HAL 1 AIR Total
Registration:
Date:
Mass
Lever Arm
Description
SAFETY EQUIPMENT
Fire extinguisher
First aid kit
FLIGHT CONTROLS 43055 C-99701-1 SC 628 ND D64-2733-12-00 Diamond Aircraft Mallory Safe Flight Instr. Krutz
Flaps actuator assy
Lift detector
Stall warning buzzer
SC Series
Variable elevator stop
HYDRAULIC X11-0001-00-00.00R0 X11-0002-00-00.00R0 X11-0003-00-00.00R0 X11-0004-00-00.00R0 X11-0005-00-00.00R0 X11-0006-00-00.00/1R0 X11-0006-00-00.00/1R0 X11-0006-00-00.00/2R0 10-54A 60-5B 30-239A Cleveland Cleveland Cleveland Hydraulik Mayer Hydraulik Mayer Hydraulik Mayer Hydraulik Mayer Hydraulik Mayer Hydraulik Mayer Hydraulik Mayer Hydraulik Mayer
Motor pump unit
Hydraulic fluid tank
Hydraulic control unit
High pressure filter
Hydraulic pressure accumulator
MLG hydraulic cylinder
MLG hydraulic cylinder
NLG hydraulic cylinder
Brake master cylinder (2 pcs.)
Parking valve
Brake assembly
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 6 - 18
DA 42 NG AFM
Mass and Balance

Type Part No. Manufacturer S/N installed lb kg in
Registration:
Date:
Mass
Lever Arm
m
Description
INDICATING / REC. SYSTEM 011-00972-03 6.400 6.400 011-00819-04 Garmin Garmin 2.910 2.910 70.080 70.080 1.780 1.780
Primary flight display (PFD)
GDU 1040
Multi function display (MFD)
GDU 1045
LANDING GEAR D60-3217-11-00 D60-3217-12-00 D60-3223-10-00 SC 628 NDP Mallory Diamond Aircraft Diamond Aircraft Diamond Aircraft
Main landing gear LH
Main landing gear RH
Nose landing gear
LDG gear warning
SC Series
LIGHTS W1461.0.010 W1461.0.010 01-0790006-05 01-0790006-07 01-0770062-05 Whelen Whelen Whelen Aero Vision Int. Aero Vision Int. Aero Vision Int. Aero Vision Int. DA4-3311-10-02 Diamond Aircraft 0.990 0.880 0.990 0.880 0.449 0.400 0.449 0.400 79.920 82.290 79.920 82.290 2.030 2.090 2.030 2.090 Rivoret 1.590 1.590 0.719 103.800 0.719 103.800 2.638 2.638 Rivoret
Map / Reading light assy crew
Cabin Light
Strobe / Pos. light assy LH
A600-PR-D-28
Strobe / Pos. light assy RH
A600-PG-D-28
Strobe light power supply LH/RH
A490ATS-CF14/28
Taxi light
Xenon D1S
Taxi light power supply
XV1-28
Landing light
Xenon D1S
Landing light power supply
XV1-28
Glareshield lamp assy
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 6 - 19
DA 42 NG AFM
Mass and Balance

Type
APVL328-4-1-L-5QF APVL328-4-1-L-15QF Quantaflex Quantaflex
Registration:
Date:
Mass
Lever Arm
Description
Glareshield light inverter
Placards inverter
COMMUNICATION / DM DM 011-00809-00 Telex 025-230-715 Telex 025-230-715 Telex 025-230-715 Telex 025-230-715 Visaton 62800-001 PST-305 DA4-3111-51-00 5934PD-3 1120.23B2X 8030-B.884 4300-206 PG2C-28V Telex Aeroinstruments Diamond Aircraft United Instruments Mikrotechna United Instruments Mid Continent Instr. SIRS Navigation 0.680 2.500 0.308 1.132 70.080 70.080 1.780 1.780 0.496 0.225 70.080 1.780 Sennheiser Sennheiser Sennheiser Sennheiser Garmin 0.400 0.400 0.180 177.100 0.180 155.100 4.500 3.940
COMM #1 antenna
DMC63-1/A
COMM #2 antenna
DMC63-2
Audio panel / Marker / ICS
GMA 1347
Headset, pilot
Echelon 100
Headset, pilot
HMEC25-KAP-2
Headset, co-pilot
Echelon 100
Headset, co-pilot
HMEC25-KAP-2
Headset, LH pax
Echelon 100
Headset, LH pax
HMEC25-KAP-2
Headset, RH pax
Echelon 100
Headset, RH pax
HMEC25-KAP-2
Speaker
FRS8 / 4 Ohms
Handmic
100 TRA
Pitot / Static probe, heated
AN5814-2
Alternate static valve
Backup altimeter
Backup altimeter
LUN 1120
Backup airspeed indicator
8030
Backup artificial horizon
4300
Magnetic compass
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 6 - 20
DA 42 NG AFM
Mass and Balance

Type
011-00978-00 011-00882-00 1.580 1.580 5.290 5.290 3.030 2.540 0.379 010-00336-10 010-00386-10 010-00386-10 011-00779-10 011-00868-10 011-00870-00 Comant Comant Comant Comant Comant 071-00221-0010 Comant 013-00244-00 013-00244-00 066-1070-01 071-00221-0010 0505.757-912 0856.010-912 0832.601-912 805-11500-001 805-10930-001 70-2420-x TAS600 70-2420-x TAS610 Becker Becker Becker L-3 (Goodrich) L-3 (Goodrich) Avidyne/Ryan Avidyne/Ryan 6.800 3.100 164.300 Bendix/King Bendix/King 2.080 1.300 3.450 2.290 0.820 0.940 155.500 0.590 165.400 1.560 133.900 1.040 140.100 0.370 280.700 Garmin Garmin 0.400 0.400 2480 0.180 104.100 0.180 104.100 1.120 141.100 Bendix/King Garmin Garmin Garmin Garmin Garmin Garmin Garmin 1.580 0.720 Garmin 70.080 70.080 2.400 154.900 2.400 154.900 1.380 153.100 1.150 154.900 0.172 103.800
Registration:
Part No. Manufacturer S/N installed lb kg in
Date:
Mass
Lever Arm
m
1.780 1.780 3.935 3.935 3.890 3.935 2.638
Description
OAT probe
GTP 59
Digital air data system
GDC74A
Digital air data system
GDC 74A
Integrated avionics #1
GIA 63W
Integrated avionics #2
GIA 63W
Transponder
GTX 33
Attitude / Heading reference system
GRS 77
Magnetometer
GMU 44
VOR / LOC / GS antenna
CI 157P
Dual VOR / dual GS duplexer
CI 1125
LH: VOR / LOC / GS antenna
CI120-1
RH: VOR / LOC / GS antenna
CI120-1
VOR / LOC / GS PWR combiner
CI120-3
Transponder antenna
KA 61
Marker antenna
CI 102
GPS #1 antenna
GA 36
2.645 2645 3.580 3.950 4.200 3.400 3.560 7.130 4.175
GPS #2 antenna
GA 36
DME
KN 63
DME antenna
KA 61
ADF receiver
RA 3502-(01)
ADF / RMI converter
AC 3504-(01)
ADF antenna
AN 3500
Stormscope
WX-500
Stormscope antenna
NY-163
TAS processor
TAS 600
TAS processor
TAS 610
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 6 - 21
DA 42 NG AFM
Mass and Balance

Type
70-2420-x TAS620 70-2420-x 70-2040 0.500 0.660 0.750 2.490 S72-1750-31L S72-1750-32L 011-00987-00 013-00245-00 Garmin Garmin Sensor Systems Sensor Systems Avidyne/Ryan Avidyne/Ryan 0.230 197.600 0.298 164.800 0.340 104.300 1.130 159.400 Avidyne/Ryan
Registration:
Date:
Mass
Lever Arm
Description
TAS processor
TAS 620
TAS processor
9900BX
Transponder coupler
5020 4.188 2.650 4.050
TAS antenna, top
TAS antenna, bottom
Data link processor
GDL69A
GDL antenna
GA 37
OXYGEN SYSTEM 1270152-2 4110-401-2 4110-401-2 4110-400-2 4110-110 4110-405 4110-490 Aerox Aerox Aerox Aerox Aerox Aerox Aerox 7.400 0.230 0.230 0.420 0.740 0.540 0.110 3.357 0.104 0.104 0.336 0.245 0.050 32.280 69.690 69.690 0.191 109.300 21.260 28.150 70.080 0.820 1.770 1770 2.775 0.540 0.715 1.780
Oxygen cylinder (empty)
Single outlet manifold LH
Single outlet manifold RH
Dual outlet manifold
Oxygen pressure regulator
Filling block
Pressure gauge
ENGINE E4B-00-000-000 E4B-00-000-000 E4A-92-100-00-010 E4A-92-100-00-010 Refer to DAI Service Bulletin MSB-42NG-002 Austro Engine Austro Engine Austro Engine Austro Engine Austro Engine
LH engine
E4-B
RH engine
E4-B
LH engine control unit
EECU-E4-01
RH engine control unit
EECU-E4-01
ECU software
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 6 - 22
DA 42 NG AFM
Mass and Balance

Registration:
Date:
Mass
Lever Arm
m
Description
ENGINE STARTING E4A-94-200-000 E4A-93-000-000 Austro Engine Austro Engine
Glow plug control unit LH/RH
Starter LH / RH
ELECTRICAL POWER E4A-91-000-000 E4A-91-000-000 E4A-91-100-000 E4A-91-100-000 Austro Engine Austro Engine Austro Engine Austro Engine
LH alternator
RH alternator
LH alternator regulator
RH alternator regulator
ENGINE FUEL PUMPS 0-580-054-001 0-580-054-001 Bosch Bosch
LH fuel pumps (2x)
RH fuel pumps (2x)
ENGINE FIRE WARNING X 2003-2 X 2003-2 Control Products, Inc. Control Products, Inc.
LH overheat detector
RH overheat detector
ENGINE INDICATING 011-00831-00 Garmin
Engine / Airframe unit
GEA 71
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 6 - 23
DA 42 NG AFM
Mass and Balance

Type Part No. Manufacturer S/N installed lb kg in m
Registration:
Date:
Mass
Lever Arm
Description
PROPELLER mt-propeller mt-propeller X11-0007-00-00 X11-0007-00-00 P-893 P-893 P-877-16 P-877-16 mt-propeller mt-propeller mt-propeller mt-propeller Hydraulik Mayer Hydraulik Mayer
Propeller LH
MTV-6-R-C-F/CF187-129
Propeller RH
MTV-6-R-C-F/CF187-129
Unfeathering accumulator LH
Unfeathering accumulator RH
Unfeathering accumulator LH
Unfeathering accumulator RH
Governor LH
Governor RH
FUEL TANK SYSTEM D60-2817-13-00_1 D60-2817-13-00_1 D60-2817-14-00_1 D60-2817-14-00_1 D60-2817-90-00 Diamond Aircraft Diamond Aircraft Diamond Aircraft Diamond Aircraft Diamond Aircraft
Fuel probe assy., LH inboard
Fuel probe assy., RH inboard
Fuel probe assy., LH outboard
Fuel probe assy., RH outboard
Alternate means for fuel qty.
AUX FUEL SYSTEM 5100-09 5100-09 Dukes Dukes 1.940 1.940 0.878 151.400 0.878 151.400 3.846 3.846
LH auxiliary fuel pump
RH auxiliary fuel pump
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 6 - 24
DA 42 NG AFM
Mass and Balance

Registration:
Date:
Mass
Lever Arm
m
Description
ICE PROTECTION SYSTEM 12102-21 12102-22 12102-23 12102-24 12102-25 12102-26 12102-27 12121-02 12124-10 9513A-386 9513A-386 D60-3013-24-50 D60-3013-11-90 D60-3013-11-90 FV158H-28V FV158H-28V P041ED850 PU300DW142 PU300DW142 12132-03 WP209A WP209A DAI-9030-00-01 Diamond Aircraft CAV Aerospace CAV Aerospace CAV Aerospace CAV Aerospace CAV Aerospace CAV Aerospace CAV Aerospace CAV Aerospace Diamond Aircraft 1070 650 650 485 295 295 278700 40160 40160 7080 1020 1020 Diamond Aircraft Diamond Aircraft CAV Aerospace CAV Aerospace CAV Aerospace 4.180 4.180 8.140 0.680 0.680 0.870 0.870 1.896 1.896 3.692 0.308 0.308 0.395 0.395 40.160 40.160 38.390 40.160 40.160 40.160 40.160 1.020 1.020 0.975 1.020 1.020 1020 1.020 CAV Aerospace CAV Aerospace CAV Aerospace CAV Aerospace CAV Aerospace CAV Aerospace CAV Aerospace CAV Aerospace
Porous panel, outer wing, LH
Porous panel, outer wing, RH
Porous panel, center wing, LH
Porous panel, center wing, RH
Porous panel, horizontal tail, LH
Porous panel, horizontal tail, RH
Porous panel, vertical tail
Inlet strainer
Spray bar
Metering pump 1
Metering pump 2
De-icing fluid tank
Mod filter assy 1
Mod filter assy 2
Solenoid valve
Solenoid valve
High pressure switch
Proportioning unit, nacelle, LH
Proportioning unit, nacelle, RH
Tail bracket assembly
Windshield pump 1
Windshield pump 2
De-ice control box
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 6 - 25
DA 42 NG AFM
Mass and Balance

Type Part No. Manufacturer S/N installed lb kg in m
Registration:
Date:
Mass
Lever Arm
Description
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Diamond Aircraft
Place: _______________________
Date: ___________________________
Signature: ______________________________
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 6 - 26
DA 42 NG AFM
Airplane Description
CHAPTER 7 DESCRIPTION OF THE AIRPLANE AND ITS SYSTEMS

Page 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 7.6 7.7 7.8 7.9 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 AIRFRAME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 FLIGHT CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 INSTRUMENT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11 LANDING GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14 SEATS AND SAFETY HARNESSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20 BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22 CANOPY, REAR DOOR, AND CABIN INTERIOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22 POWER PLANT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24 7.9.1 ENGINES, GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24 7.9.2 PROPELLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25 7.9.3 OPERATING CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28 7.9.4 ENGINE INSTRUMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32 7.9.5 FUEL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34 7.9.6 COOLING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45 7.9.7 OIL SYSTEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46 7.9.8 TURBO-CHARGER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47 7.9.9 FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48 7.10 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49 7.10.1 GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50 7.10.2 ELECTRICAL ENGINE CONTROL UNIT / ECU . . . . . . . . . 7-56 7.10.3 WARNING, CAUTION AND ADVISORY MESSAGES . . . . 7-58 7.11 PITOT-STATIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-64
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 7 - 1
DA 42 NG AFM
7.12 7.13
STALL WARNING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-64 GARMIN G1000 INTEGRATED AVIONICS SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . 7-65 7.13.1 GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-65 7.13.2 PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY (PFD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-66 7.13.3 MULTI-FUNCTION DISPLAY (MFD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-68 7.13.4 AUDIO PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-69 7.13.5 ATTITUDE AND HEADING REFERENCE SYSTEM (AHRS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-69 7.13.6 AIR DATA COMPUTER (ADC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-69
7.14
AVIONICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-70 7.14.1 AUTOPILOT SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-70 7.14.2 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM ANNUNCIATIONS AND ALERTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75
Page 7 - 2
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
7.1
INTRODUCTION
Chapter 7 contains a description of the airplane and its systems, together with operating instructions. For details about optional equipment see Chapter 9.
7.2
AIRFRAME
Fuselage The CFRP fuselage is of semi monocoque molded construction. The center wing is attached to the fuselage with bolts. The two main spars and both nacelles are part of the center wing. The two main spars are CFRP items. The engine compartment in each nacelle is separated from the other structure with a firewall. The fire protection on the firewall is of a special fire-resistant matting, which is covered on the engine side by stainless steel cladding.
Wings The wings have a front and rear spar; each wing has a top shell and a bottom shell; The whole wing is fail-safe design. The wings, as well as the ailerons and flaps, are made of GFRP/CFRP, and are principally of sandwich construction. An aluminum fuel tank is installed in each of the wings.
Empennage The airplane has a T tail of GFRP/CFRP semi monocoque construction. Both the stabilizers have twin spars. Rudder and elevator are of sandwich construction.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 7 - 3
DA 42 NG AFM
7.3
FLIGHT CONTROLS
The ailerons, elevator and wing flaps are operated through control rods, while the rudder is controlled by cables. The flaps are electrically operated. Elevator forces can be balanced by a trim tab on the elevator, which is operated by a Bowden cable. Rudder forces can be balanced by a trim tab on the rudder, which is also operated by a Bowden cable.
Ailerons Construction: Hinges: GFRP/CFRP composite sandwich. There are 4 hinges, which are hinge pins mounted in an aluminum bracket. They are secured in position by a roll pin. The absence of this roll pin can lead to the loss of the hinge pin and a consequent loss of flight safety. Operation: A rod end bearing is screwed into a steel push rod and locked by means of a jam nut which has locking varnish applied to it. Damage to this varnish can indicate a twisting and thus a change to the adjustment. The connection between the rod end bearing and the control horn is a bolt, the nut of which is likewise sealed with locking varnish. The aluminum control horn is attached to the aileron with 3 screws.
Page 7 - 4
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
Flaps The flaps are a two piece construction. The inner part of the flap is mounted to the center wing and the outer part to the wing. Both parts are connected to each other with a form fit connection. Construction: Hinges: GFRP/CFRP composite sandwich. There are 6 hinges at the outer part and 4 hinges at the inner part of the flap. These hinges are hinge pins mounted in an aluminum bracket. They are secured in position by a roll pin. The absence of this roll pin can lead to the loss of the hinge pin and a consequent loss of flight safety. Operation: Each part is connected with a flap control horn to the push rods of the flap control system. A rod end bearing is screwed into a steel push rod and locked by means of a jam nut which has locking varnish applied to it. Damage to this varnish can indicate a twisting and thus a change to the adjustment. The connection between the rod end bearing and the control horn is a bolt, the nut of which is likewise sealed with locking varnish. Each flap control horn is attached to the flap part with 3 screws. The flaps are driven by an electric motor and have 3 settings: - Cruise (UP), totally retracted - Approach (APP), and - Landing (LDG).
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 7 - 5
DA 42 NG AFM
The flaps are operated by means of a 3-position flap selector switch on the instrument panel. The positions of the switch correspond to the positions of the flaps, the Cruise position of the switch being at the top. If the switch is moved to another position, the flaps continue to travel automatically until they have reached the position selected on the switch. The UP and LDG positions are additionally protected by a limit switch to guard against over-running the end positions. The electrical flap drive has an automatic circuit breaker which can also be operated manually. Flap Position Indicator: The current flap position is indicated by means of three lights beside the flap selector switch. When the upper light (green) is illuminated, the flaps are in the Cruise position (UP); when the center light (white) is illuminated, the flaps are in Approach position (APP); when the lower light (white) is illuminated, the flaps are in Landing position (LDG). When two lights are illuminated simultaneously, the flaps are between the two indicated positions. This is the case only when the flaps are in transition.
Page 7 - 6
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
Elevator Construction: Hinges: Operation: GFRP sandwich. 5 hinges. Steel pushrods; Two of the bellcrank bearings are accessible for visual inspection next to the lower hinge of the rudder. The elevator horn and its bearing, as well as the connection to the pushrod, can be visually inspected at the upper end of the rudder. Variable Elevator Stop: The DA 42 NG is equipped with an electrically operated actuator that limits the elevator-up travel to 13 as soon as the power setting of both engines exceeds approximately 20 % (approach power setting). This is 2.5 less than the 15.5 full deflection. The linear actuator acts as a movable stop and is controlled by two switches, one for each power lever. When the power of one engine is reduced below approximately 20 % full elevator deflection is regained. An amber annunciation (CAUTION) on the G1000 display is provided to inform the pilot in case a malfunction occurs. The annunciation illuminates when the variable stop should be in place and is actually not activated (power on condition) or should be retracted and actually limits the elevator travel (power off condition).
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 7 - 7
DA 42 NG AFM
Rudder Construction: Hinges: GFRP sandwich. Upper hinge: One bolt. Lower hinge: Bearing bracket including rudder stops, held by 4 screws to the rear web of the vertical stabilizer. The mating part on the rudder is a bracket which is attached to the rudder by 2 bolts. The bolts and nuts are accessible to visual inspection. Operation: Steel cables, the eyes of which are connected to the bolts on the bracket.
Page 7 - 8
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
Elevator Trim The trim control is a black wheel in the center console to the rear of the power lever. To guard against overrotating, the trim wheel incorporates a friction device. A mark on the wheel shows the take-off (T/O) position. Turn wheel to the front Turn wheel to the rear Rudder Trim The trim control is a black wheel in the center console below the instrument panel. A mark on the wheel shows the center position and the direction of movement. Turn wheel to the right Turn wheel to the left = right turn = left turn = nose down = nose up
Pedal Adjustment
NOTE
The pedals may only be adjusted on the ground! The pedals are unlocked by pulling the black handle which is located behind the rear attachment. Forward Adjustment: Whilst keeping the handle pulled, push the pedals forward with your feet. Release the handle and allow the pedals to lock into place. Rearward Adjustment: Using the unlocking handle, pull the pedals back to the desired position. Release the handle and push the pedals forward with your feet until they lock into place.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 7 - 9
DA 42 NG AFM
Electrical Pedal Adjustment (Optional Equipment, OM 42-070)
NOTE
The pedals may only be adjusted on the ground! The pedals are adjusted using a rocker switch, located on the rear wall of the leg room. The related circuit breaker is located below the switch. Forward Adjustment: To move the pedals forward, depress lower side of switch. When pedals are in correct position, release switch. Rearward Adjustment: To move the pedals in the rearward direction, depress upper side of switch. When pedals are in correct position, release switch. Locking: Upon release the switch moves automatically to the power off position, so locking the pedals in the present position.
Page 7 - 10
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
7.4
INSTRUMENT PANEL
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 7 - 11
DA 42 NG AFM
Major instruments and controls 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Electric master switch Avionic master switch Engine master switches Start switch Pitot-/Stall warning heat switch Alternator switches ECU test buttons VOTER switches Rotary buttons for instrument lighting and flood light 17 18 19 20 Circuit breakers* Backup airspeed indicator Backup artificial horizon Backup altimeter
21 Emergency compass 22 ELT control unit 23 Primary flight display (PFD) 24 Audio amplifier / intercom / marker beacon receiver 25 Multi function display (MFD) 26 De-ice control panel 27 Autopilot control unit (part of MFD) 28 Alt air lever 29 Landing gear emergency extension lever 30 Oxygen pressure indicator 31 Oxygen control knob 32 Fuel pump switches
10 Light switches 11 Emergency switch 12 Flap selector switch 13 Landing gear switch 14 Alternate static valve 15 Microphone socket 16 Ventilation nozzles
*) Designations and abbreviations used to identify the circuit breakers are explained in Section 1.5 - DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS.
NOTE
The figure on previous page shows the typical DA 42 NG installation position for the equipment. The actual installation may vary due to the approved equipment version.
Page 7 - 12
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
Cockpit Ventilation Ventilation in the front is provided by spherical ventilation nozzles (16) in the instrument panel. Furthermore there are spherical nozzles in the roll bar on the left and right side next to the front seats as well as on the central console above the passengers heads. The spherical nozzles are opened and closed by twisting.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 7 - 13
DA 42 NG AFM
7.5
LANDING GEAR
The landing gear is a fully retractable, hydraulically operated, tricycle landing gear. Struts for the landing gear are air oil assemblies. The hydraulic pressure for the landing gear operation is provided by an electrically powered hydraulic pump, which is activated by a pressure switch, when the required pressure is too low. Electrically actuated hydraulic valves, which are operated with the gear selector switch, provide the required hydraulic pressure for the movement of the landing gear. The gear selector switch is located on the instrument panel. The switch must be pulled out before it is moved to UP or DOWN position. Gear extension normally takes 6-10 seconds. When the landing gear is retracted, the main wheels retract inboard into the center wing and the nose wheel retracts forward into the nose section. Hydraulic pressure on the actuators keeps the landing gear in the retracted position. A pressurized gas container acts as an accumulator which keeps the system pressure constant by replacing the volume lost due to the normal actuator leakages. This prevents a permanent starting of the hydraulic pump in flight. Springs assist the hydraulic system in gear extension and locking the gear in the down position. After the gears are down and the downlock hooks engage, springs maintain force on each hook to keep it locked until it is released by hydraulic pressure. The three green lights directly next to the landing gear operating switch illuminate to indicate that each gear is in the correct position and locked. If the gear is in neither the full up nor the full down position, a red warning light on the instrument panel illuminates. Should one power lever be placed in a position below 25% while the landing gear is retracted, a warning horn sounds to alert the pilot that the gear is retracted. Additionally, a CHECK GEAR caution is indicated on the PFD. The same warning appears if the flaps move into position LDG (fully extended) while the gear is retracted.
Page 7 - 14
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
To test the gear warning system (refer to 4A.6.1 - PRE-FLIGHT INSPECTION) push the test button close by the gear selector switch. The aural gear alert should appear.
CAUTION
If the aural alert does not appear, an unscheduled maintenance is necessary. To prevent inadvertent gear retraction on ground, an electric squat switch prevents the hydraulic valve from switching if the master switch is on and the gear extension switch is placed in the UP position. After take-off, the gear should be retracted before an airspeed of 152 KIAS is exceeded. The landing gear may be extended at any speed up to 188 KIAS. The landing gear is designed to be manually operated in the event of failure. Since the gear is held in the retracted position by hydraulic pressure, gravity will allow the gear to extend if the system fails for any reason. To extend and lock the gears in the event of failure, it is only necessary to relieve the hydraulic pressure by means of the emergency gear extension lever, which is located under the instrument panel to the left of the center console. Pulling this lever releases the hydraulic pressure and allows the gear to fall free. Before pulling the emergency gear extension lever, place the gear selector switch in the DOWN position.
NOTE
If the emergency gear extension has been pulled due to an emergency, the system has to be checked before pushing the lever in again. The nose gear is steerable by the use of full rudder pedal travel. A gear damping element, incorporated in the nose gear steering system, prevents shimmy tendencies. When the gear is retracted, the nose wheel centers as it enters the wheel well, and the steering linkage disengages to reduce pedal loads in flight.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 7 - 15
DA 42 NG AFM
Hydraulic Gear Extension System Schematic The main landing gear of the DA 42 NG is extended with three hydraulic cylinders. The following schematic figures show the system conditions for each operating mode. In figure 1 the extension of the landing gear is shown. To reduce the amount of pumped hydraulic fluid during this operation, the return flow is partly led into the feeding flow of the system.
The figure below shows the system status when the landing gear is extended. All hydraulic cylinders are under high pressure.
Page 7 - 16
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
The operating mode for the retraction of the landing gear is shown in the next figure. While energizing the right hydraulic valve, the fluid flow in the hydraulic system is started due to different piston areas of the landing gear cylinders although the pressure on both sides of the system is equal.
While the landing gear is retracted both valves are energized and excessive hydraulic fluid on one side is drained into the tank. This configuration of the system is shown in the following figure.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 7 - 17
DA 42 NG AFM
For an emergency extension of the landing gear, the hydraulic fluid can pass through an emergency extension valve so that the gear is extended by gravity. The condition of the system is shown in the figure below.
Page 7 - 18
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
Wheel Brakes Hydraulically operated disk brakes act on the wheels of the main landing gear. The wheel brakes are individually operated by means of toe pedals. Parking Brake The lever is located on the small center console under the instrument panel and is in the upper position when the brakes are released. To operate the parking brake, pull the lever downwards until it catches. Brake pressure is built up by multiple operation of the toe brake pedals, and is maintained until the parking brake is released. To release, the lever is pushed upwards.
brake pedals, pilot
brake pedals, co-pilot
parking brake valve
brake cylinder, LH
brake cylinder, RH
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 7 - 19
DA 42 NG AFM
7.6
SEATS AND SAFETY HARNESSES
To increase passive safety, the seats are constructed using a carbon fiber/Kevlar hybrid material and GFRP. The seats are removable to allow maintenance and inspection of the underlying controls. Covers on the control sticks prevent loose objects from falling into the area of the controls. The seats have removable furnishings and are equipped with energy-absorbing foam elements. The seats are fitted with three-part safety harnesses. The harnesses are fastened by inserting the end of the belts in the belt lock, and are opened by pressing the red release on the belt lock. The backs of the rear seats can be laid forward after pulling upwards on the locking bolt knob. If front seats with adjustable backrests are installed (OM 42-067), the angle of the backrests can be adjusted for best comfort. The backrest lever is situated on the outboard side of the backrest. However, during take-off, landing and emergency landing the backrests must be fixed in the upright position designated by a placard on the roll-over bar.
CAUTION
Before the backrest lever is lifted in order to unlock the backrest, lean back towards the backrest to counteract the spring load; otherwise the backrest may snap forward.
CAUTION
Do not apply a load of more than 90 daN (202 lbf) to the top of the backrest. Damage to the adjustment mechanism may otherwise result.
Page 7 - 20
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
For adjustment lift the backrest lever and bend forward or backward to the desired backrest angle. Then lift the backrest lever fully, release and press down to set the friction lock. In case of a defective adjustment mechanism the outboard friction adjustment screw can be tightened with a 10 mm hexagon nut in clockwise direction in order to fix the backrest in the upright position. If possible, set the backrest lever to the locked position. The mechanism must be repaired at the next scheduled inspection. The lumbar support can be adjusted by operating the lumbar support lever mounted on the outboard side of the seat pan. If seats with adjustable backrests are installed (OM 42-067):
Lumbar Support
Inboard Hinge Lamella Package Friction Adjustment Screw Seat Lever Outboard Hinge
Lumbar Support Lever
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 7 - 21
DA 42 NG AFM
7.7
BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT
There are two baggage compartments. One is located in the nose section and it is accessible through two compartment doors. The other baggage compartment is behind the seat backs of the rear seats. Baggage may be loaded there provided it is restrained by means of a baggage net.
7.8
CANOPY, REAR DOOR, AND CABIN INTERIOR
Front Canopy The front canopy is closed by pulling down on the canopy frame, following which it is locked by means of a handle on the left hand side of the frame. On locking, steel bolts lock into mating holes in polyethylene blocks. "Cooling gap" position: a second setting allows the bolts to lock in, leaving a gap under the forward canopy. The canopy can be blocked by a locking device on the left side near the canopy opening lever by turning the key clockwise. The closed and blocked canopy can be opened from inside by pulling the lever inside the opening handle.
WARNING
The airplane may be operated with the front canopy in the cooling gap position on the ground only. Before take-off the front canopy must be completely closed and locked. Do not block the front canopy with the locking key before flight in order to assure emergency evacuation from outside. A window on the left and right hand side of the canopy can be opened for additional ventilation or as an emergency window.
Page 7 - 22
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
Rear Door The rear door is closed in the same way, by pulling down on the frame and locking it with the handle. A gas pressure damper prevents the door from dropping; in strong winds the assembly must be securely held. The rear door is protected against unintentional opening by an additional lever. The door can be blocked by a locking device on the left side near the door opening lever by turning the key clockwise. The closed and blocked door can be opened from inside by pulling the lever inside the opening handle.
WARNING
Do not block the door with the locking key before flight in order to assure emergency access from outside. Heating and Ventilation Heating and ventilation are operated using two levers located on the small center console under the instrument panel. Right lever: Center lever : up down up down = HEATING ON (seats, floor) = HEATING OFF = DEFROST ON (airflow to canopy) = DEFROST OFF
The heat of the RH engine is used for the front seats and floor, the heat of the LH engine is used to defrost the canopy. The air inlet for the ventilation system is placed on the underside of the RH wing, inboard of the engine nacelle. The air is distributed within the cabin via 6 nozzles (2 on the instrument panel LH/RH side, 2 on the overhead panel and 2 on the LH/RH side of the passenger compartment). The jet direction of each cone can be changed easily and the jet intensity can be regulated by rotation of the nozzle.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 7 - 23
DA 42 NG AFM
7.9
POWER PLANT
7.9.1 ENGINES, GENERAL There are two Austro Engine E4-B engines installed, which have the following specifications: - Liquid-cooled four-cylinder four-stroke engine with wet sump lubrication - Inline construction - Common rail direct injection - Propeller speed reducing gear 1:1.69 - Digital engine control with integrated propeller governor (separate oil system) - Turbo charger with intercooler Displacement: Max. power: Max. continuous power: 123.5 kW (165.6 DIN-HP) at 2300 RPM at sea level and ISA 113.6 kW (152.3 DIN-HP) at 2100 RPM at sea level and ISA
The indications for monitoring important engine parameters during operation are integrated within the Garmin G1000 display. Each engine can only be operated with the ENGINE MASTER switch ON. Each engine has an own ECU (Electrical Engine Control Unit) which receives its electrical power from the generator when at least one engine is running. When both engines are at standstill, the ECU receives its electrical power from the battery.
Page 7 - 24
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
7.9.2 PROPELLER Two mt-Propeller MTV-6-R-C-F / CF 187-129 hydraulically regulated 3-bladed constant speed feathering propellers are installed. Each propeller has wood composite blades with fiber-reinforced plastic coating and stainless steel edge cladding; in the region of the propeller hub the leading edge is coated with adhesive PU foil. These blades combine the lowest weight whilst minimizing vibration. Propeller Control The propeller pitch control system consists of the P-877-16 mt-Propeller governor valve. The pitch is set by the ECU via an electro-mechanical actuator on the governor. To change the blade pitch angle gearbox oil is pumped into the propeller hub. Increasing the oil pressure leads to a decrease of pitch and a higher RPM. Decreasing the pressure leads to higher pitch and a lower RPM. Depending on the power setting the propeller pitch is adjusted such that the required RPM will be obtained as shown in the following diagram.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 7 - 25
DA 42 NG AFM
Pressure Accumulator: The pressure accumulator is a nitrogen oil type. It is connected to the gearbox oil circuit via an electric valve at the accumulator, which is operated with the ENGINE MASTER switch. When the ENGINE MASTER switch is set to ON the valve is opened. When the engine is running, the accumulator is filled with oil at a pressure of approximately 22 bar (320 psi). During engine operation the accumulator makes sure that enough oil pressure is available even if the oil feed by the gearbox oil pump is decreasing due to negative acceleration. The hydraulic pressure keeps the propeller pitch angle below the start lock position, or moves the propeller blades beyond the start lock position. Feathering: To feather the propeller the engine must be shut down with the appropriate ENGINE MASTER switch. This will open the electric governor valve. All oil will flow back from the propeller hub, allowing the blades to move into the feathered pitch position. At the same time the electric valve at the pressure accumulator closes, and the oil pressure is restored in the accumulator. Feathering is only possible at propeller speeds above 1300 RPM.
CAUTION
If the engine is shut down below an RPM of 1300 the propeller pitch remains below the start lock position. In this case the speed must be increased to increase the propeller RPM.
Page 7 - 26
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
Unfeathering: To unfeather the propeller, the associated ENGINE MASTER switch must be set to ON. This will open the electric valve at the pressure accumulator. The pressure stored in the accumulator will move the propeller blades into a low pitch position. As soon as the propeller starts turning and the gearbox oil operates, the accumulator will be refilled.
Ground Operation:
CAUTION
Operation on the ground at high RPM should be avoided as far as possible, as the blades could suffer stone damage. For this reason a suitable site for engine runs should be selected, where there are no loose stones or similar items.
WARNING
Never move the propeller by hand.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 7 - 27
DA 42 NG AFM
7.9.3 OPERATING CONTROLS Power Lever Engine performance is controlled by a power lever for each engine. Both power levers are situated on the large center console. Front and rear are defined in relation to the direction of flight. Each power lever is used to set the desired engine power LOAD (%) Lever forward (MAX) = Full power Lever to rear (IDLE) = Idle
A separate ECU for each engine controls manifold pressure, injected fuel quantity and propeller speed according to the desired engine power preselected with the power lever. If the power lever is in a low power position - as for a landing approach - while the landing gear is retracted, an aural warning alerts the pilot to the retracted landing gear. Additionally, a CHECK GEAR caution is indicated on the PFD. A propeller governor, which is controlled by the ECU, is flanged onto the front of each engine. The propeller governor oil circuit is supplied with oil by the gearbox oil pump (also see Section 7.9.2 - PROPELLER). A loss of oil pressure leads to a feathering of the propeller blades, thus allowing continuation of the flight according to 3.11.3 - DEFECTIVE PROPELLER RPM REGULATING SYSTEM.
CAUTION
Following governor failure the RPM should be adjusted using the power lever. Every effort should be made not to exceed 2300 RPM.
Page 7 - 28
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
CAUTION
The power lever should be moved slowly, in order to avoid over-speeding and excessively rapid RPM changes. The light wooden propeller blades produce more rapid RPM changes than metal blades.
WARNING
It is possible that the propeller blades remain in the position of highest pitch in case of a malfunction of the engine control unit. In this case the reduced engine performance should be taken into consideration.
ELECT. MASTER The ELECT. MASTER switch has two positions: OFF disconnecting battery power ON connecting battery power to the power distribution system
ENGINE MASTER Each engine can only be cranked with its ENGINE MASTER switched to ON. When activated, the ENGINE MASTER provides the power supply for the preheat system, the unfeathering accumulator valve and the engine itself. To shut down the engine the appropriate ENGINE MASTER is switched to OFF. START Turning START key switch to the left starts the LH engine. Turning it to the right side starts the RH engine.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 7 - 29
DA 42 NG AFM
There are two VOTER switches, one for each engine. For normal operation both switches are set to AUTO. Each engine is controlled by either ECU A or ECU B. In case of a failure of the active electrical engine control unit (ECU) there should be an automatic switch-over to the other ECU. If the automatic switch over fails, switch over can be done manually by switching to ECU A or ECU B. This procedure should only be applied in an emergency. ECU TEST There are two ECU TEST buttons, one for each engine. Depending on the position of the power lever and the engine speed, the ECU TEST button has two different functions. Power Lever at IDLE and RPM Below Approximately 900: By pushing and holding the button until the end of the procedure, the self-test of each engine control unit is started. The procedure is possible on the ground only. Otherwise the test will not start. During the procedure the ECU performs a switch from ECU A to ECU B or ECU B to ECU A, whichever is active at the moment, with the propeller cycling. The propeller RPM is monitored automatically by the ECU. When switching from one ECU to the other, a slight shake of the engine may occur. Finally the ECU switches back from ECU B to ECU A. After that both caution lights must extinguish and the engine must run without a change.
Page 7 - 30
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
Alternate Air In the event of power loss because of icing or blocking of the air filter, there is the possibility of drawing air from the engine compartment. The ALTERNATE AIR operating lever which serves both engines simultaneously is located under the instrument panel to the right of the center console. To open the alternate air source the lever is pulled to the rear. Normally, the alternate air source is closed with the lever in the forward position. Placard on the lever, forward position: ALTERNATE AIR
Placard on the lever, visible when lever is in the rearward position: ALTERNATE AIR ON
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 7 - 31
DA 42 NG AFM
7.9.4 ENGINE INSTRUMENTS The engine instruments are displayed on the Garmin G1000 MFD. Also refer to Section 7.13.3 - MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY (MFD). Indications for the LH engine are on the left side, indications for the RH engine are on the right side. Default page Engine Display when pushing the SYSTEM button Display when pushing the FUEL button
Page 7 - 32
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
NOTE
The figure on previous page is a general demonstration of a typical G1000 MFD to show the different display modes. The pictured engine instrument markings may not stringently agree with the current engine limitations of the DA 42 NG.
NOTE
The fuel calculations on the FUEL CALC portion do not use the airplane's fuel quantity indicators. The values shown are numbers which are calculated from the last fuel quantity update done by the pilot and actual fuel flow data. Therefore, the endurance and range data is for information only, and must not be used for flight planning. Designation LOAD % RPM VOLTS AMPS COOLANT TEMP GEARBOX OIL TEMP OIL PRES FUEL QTY GAL FUEL FLOW FUEL TEMP Indication Available power Propeller RPM Volts Ampres Coolant temperature Gearbox temperature Engine oil temperature Oil pressure Fuel quantity Fuel flow Fuel temperature % 1/min V A C C C bar US gal US gal/hr C Unit
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 7 - 33
DA 42 NG AFM
7.9.5 FUEL SYSTEM General
Page 7 - 34
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
Fuel is stored in the tanks which are located in the wings. Normally fuel for the right engine is taken from the right wing main tank and for the left engine from the left wing main tank. On each engine fuel is injected with high pressure directly into the cylinders. The injection nozzles (one per cylinder) are supplied with fuel by the common rail. Pressure inside the rail is generated by a high pressure pump which receives fuel from two independent low pressure fuel pumps. Both pumps are powered electrically. Depending on the power setting the rail pressure is controlled by the ECU through an electric valve. Fuel that is not injected is fed back into the appropriate wing tank. Both sides of the fuel system are interconnected by crossfeed lines. In each engine nacelle an auxiliary fuel tank may be installed.
Fuel Pumps Each engine is feed by two parallel installed independent low pressure fuel pumps. During normal operation one of the two fuel pumps is working. In case of a low fuel pressure failure the ECU switches automatically to the second fuel pump. During landing and take-off, or in case of a fuel pressure failure both fuel pumps can be activated by the FUEL PUMP switch. If both fuel pumps are activated the fuel pressure increases.
WARNING
Switching on the fuel pump in combination with CROSSFEED may cause damage to the high-pressure pump due to the high fuel pressure. After switching on the fuel pump in combination with CROSSFEED in case of an emergency special maintenance of the high pressure pump is required. Each fuel pump is electrically connected to the LH/RH ECU BUS and protected by a 7.5 A circuit breaker.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 7 - 35
DA 42 NG AFM
NOTE
By switching between ECU A and B the two independent electrical fuel pumps are switched over as well. In case of an emergency both pumps can be activated simultaneously by using the fuel pump switch.
Fuel Selector Valves For each engine one fuel selector valve is provided. The control levers for the fuel selector valves are situated on the center console behind the power levers. The positions are ON, CROSSFEED and OFF. During normal operation each engine takes the fuel from the tank on the same side as the engine. Before crossfeed operation check fuel pump is OFF. When CROSSFEED is selected, the engine will draw fuel from the tank on the opposite side in order to extend range and keep fuel weight balanced during single engine operation. With the fuel selector valve both the feeding and the return line are switched. The desired position is reached by pulling the lever back. To reach the OFF position a safety guard must be twisted. This is to ensure that this selection is not made unintentionally.
NOTE
If one engine is inoperative the fuel selector valve for this engine must be in the OFF position.
CAUTION
Do not operate with both fuel selector valves in crossfeed position. Do not take-off with a fuel selector valve in crossfeed position.
Page 7 - 36
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
CAUTION
Do not shut down an engine with the fuel selector valve. The high pressure fuel pump can be damaged.
CAUTION
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 7 - 37
DA 42 NG AFM
Scheme of the Fuel Selector Valve Positions: Possible operating modes of the three fuel selector valve positions are outlined systematically in the following scheme. The figures below show fuel flows for the RH engine (fuel flows LH are alike):
Figure 1: Normal operation
Figure 2: Crossfeed operation
Figure 3: Shut-off position
Page 7 - 38
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
With the LH fuel selector valve in crossfeed position, the fuel from the RH tank is transferred to the LH engine. Depending on the position of the RH fuel selector valve, the RH tank then feeds both engines (as shown in figure 4 below) or only the LH engine, when the fuel selector valve of the RH engine is in shut-off position (as shown in figure 5 below). Figure 4: Fuel selector valve RH normal operation position, fuel selector valve LH crossfeed position Figure 5: Fuel selector RH valve shut-off position, fuel selector valve LH crossfeed position
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 7 - 39
DA 42 NG AFM
Main Fuel Tanks Each tank consists of three aluminum chambers which are connected by a flexible hose. The tank is filled through a filler in the outboard fuel chamber. Only four liters (1 US gal) of fuel in each wing are unusable, so that a total quantity of 96 liters (25.4 US gal) in each wing is usable. There are two tank vents. One includes a check valve with a capillary and one includes a relief pressure valve, which operates at 150 mbar (2 psi) and allows fuel and air to flow to the outside with higher internal pressure. The relief pressure valve protects the tank against high pressure, if the tank was overfilled in case of an auxiliary fuel transfer failure. The check valve with capillary allows air to enter the tank but prevents flow of fuel to the outside. The capillary equalizes the air pressure during climb. The hose terminals are located on the underside of the wing, approximately 2 meters (7 ft) from the wing tip. In each tank a coarse filter (finger filter) is fitted before the outlet. To allow draining of the tank, there is an outlet valve at its lowest point. At the lowest point in each side of the fuel system a fuel filter with a drain valve is installed. This drain valve can be used to remove water and sediment which has collected in the fuel system. The drain valves are fitted in each nacelle behind the firewall, approximately 15 cm (0.56 ft) backward of the wing leading edge.
Fuel Quantity Indication Two capacity probes measure the fuel quantity in each main tank. The indication is provided by the G1000 flight display. Information about fuel consumption can be found in Chapter 5 - PERFORMANCE.
Page 7 - 40
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
Auxiliary Fuel Tanks (if installed) The auxiliary fuel tanks are optional equipment (OM 42-056). Description The auxiliary fuel tanks are installed in the rear section of the engine nacelles, above the wing main spars. Each auxiliary fuel tank has a filler cap located on the top surface of the nacelle. The additional fuel capacity is 13.7 US gallons (52 liters) per side. The total fuel capacity (main fuel tanks and auxiliary fuel tanks) is 39.7 US gallons (150.4 liters) per side. The fuel supply connection attaches to a finger filter mounted at the rear of the auxiliary fuel tank. Each auxiliary fuel tank has a auxiliary pump which transfers fuel into the related main fuel tank. The vent line for the auxiliary fuel tank has a check valve with capillary. It allows air to enter the tank but prevents flow of fuel to the outside. The capillary equalizes the air pressure during climb. A fuel drain valve is located at the rear of each auxiliary tank.
Operation Two AUX PUMP switches in the cockpit are used to activate the auxiliary pumps. The switches are located behind the elevator trim wheel on the center console. Both switches are intended to be used simultaneously to prevent the airplane from additional lateral imbalance. The auxiliary pump transfers the fuel from the auxiliary fuel tank into the related main fuel tank. Fuel level switches shut off this pump automatically when the auxiliary fuel tank is empty or when the main fuel tank is full. During operation of the pumps an advisory alert on the Garmin G1000 indicates that the fuel transfer is in progress. If the auxiliary fuel tank is empty, a caution alert appears on the Garmin G1000. In this case the auxiliary pumps must be switched OFF.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 7 - 41
DA 42 NG AFM
When one auxiliary pump is defective, the fuel stored in the related auxiliary fuel tank is not available. For use of the remaining fuel pump refer to to Section 4B.12 - L/R FUEL TRANSFER FAIL. The flight plan must be amended accordingly. The auxiliary pumps are electrically connected to the LH MAIN BUS and protected by a 5A circuit breaker, if no ice protection system (OM 42-053) is installed. If the ice protection system is installed, both systems are protected by a 10 A circuit breaker and an additional 7A fuse for the auxiliary pumps. The circuit breaker is labeled XFER PUMP/DE ICE.
Page 7 - 42
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
Alternate Means for Fuel Quantity Indication for the Fuel Tank: The alternate means for fuel quantity indication allows the fuel quantity in the tank to be determined during the preflight inspection. It functions according to the principle of communicating containers. The fuel quantity measuring device has a recess which fits the airfoil of the wing in front of the fuel tank drain, which lies approximately 10 cm (4 in) outboard of the engine nacelle. The metal connector is pressed against the drain of the tank. The amount of fuel in the tank can now be read off from the vertical ascending pipe. For an exact indication the airplane must stand on level ground and the measuring device must be held vertically. The designated location for the fuel quantity measuring device is a bag on the rear side of the pilot seat.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 7 - 43
DA 42 NG AFM
Fuel Temperature Max. fuel temperature: 60 C (140 F)
Fuel Grade Approved fuel grades are listed in Section 2.14 - FUEL.
NOTE
In order to provide information about the fuel grade it is recommended to enter the fuel grade in the airplane log each time fuel is refilled.
Page 7 - 44
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
7.9.6 COOLING SYSTEM Each engine is liquid cooled. The liquid cooling system consists of a radiator (coolant heat exchange) and a bypass to this radiator. The bypass is in operation when coolant temperatures are low. It therefore allows the engine to warm-up quickly. Upon reaching a certain temperature (approximately 88 C or 190 F) the radiator is activated by a thermostat valve. Additionally a coolant to air heat exchanger is provided for the cabin heat system. The flow through the heat exchanger is independent of the coolant temperature. An expansion tank helps to adjust the pressure in the system. The system is protected against overpressure by means of a pressure relief valve.
Pressure Relief Valve
Expansion Tank
Thermostatic Valve
Core Engine Water Pump Coolant Heat Exchanger Cabin Heater
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 7 - 45
DA 42 NG AFM
7.9.7 OIL SYSTEMS Each engine has two separate oil systems. Lubrication System (Engine and Turbo-Charger) The engine lubrication is a wet sump lubrication system. The oil is cooled by a water/oil-cooler on the upperside of the engine. A dip-stick is provided to check the oil quantity through an inspection hole in the left cowling. If required, oil can also be filled in there (for approved oil grades refer to Section 2.4 - POWER-PLANT LIMITATIONS). Gearbox and Propeller Governor System The second oil circuit lubricates the gearbox and serves the governor system and the regulation of the propeller. The gearbox oil quantity can be checked with the help of an inspection glass which can be reached through an inspection hole on the left side of the cowling.
CAUTION
If the gearbox oil quantity is too low, an unscheduled maintenance is necessary (for approved oil grades refer to Section 2.4 - POWER-PLANT LIMITATIONS).
Page 7 - 46
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
7.9.8 TURBO-CHARGER SYSTEM
engine air inlet intercooler filter box air filter alternate air valve charger waste gate exhaust
turbine engine
alternate air inlet
The exhaust system contains a manifold which collects exhaust gases from the outlets of the cylinders and feeds them to the turbine of the turbo charger. Behind the turbine the exhaust gases are guided through the lower cowling to the exterior of the airplane. Excess exhaust gases bypass the turbine. The bypass is controlled by the ECU through the waste gate valve. A manifold pressure sensor behind the compressor allows the ECU to calculate the correct position of the waste gate valve. This prevents excessive manifold pressures at low density altitudes. The intake air is compressed in the compressor which is driven by the turbine, and is subsequently cooled down in the intercooler to increase power. Cooling the air increases efficiency through the higher density of the cooler air.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 7 - 47
DA 42 NG AFM
7.9.9 FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM The fire detection system in the DA 42 NG consists of an overheat detector in the hot area of each engine. In case of an increase of the engine compartment temperature above 250 C (480 F) the overheat detector closes the electric circuit and a warning message appears in the annunciation window of the G1000 PFD. To test the fire detectors (refer to Section 4A.6.1 - PREFLIGHT INSPECTION) push the test button located next to the gear selector switch. An aural alert and the fire warning message for the LH and RH engine should appear in the annunciation window of the G1000 PFD.
CAUTION
If the aural alert or the warning does not appear, an unscheduled maintenance is necessary.
Page 7 - 48
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
7.10 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 7 - 49
DA 42 NG AFM
7.10.1 GENERAL The DA 42 NG has 28 Volt DC system, which can be sub-divided into: - Power generation - Storage - Distribution - Consumers Power Generation Power generation is provided by two 70 Ampre alternators (generators) which are mounted on the bottom left side of each engine. The alternators are driven by a flat belt. The power output line of the left hand alternator is connected to the LH MAIN BUS via the LH alternator relay and a 60 Ampre circuit breaker. The power output line of the RH alternator is connected to the RH MAIN BUS via the RH alternator relay and a 60 Ampre circuit breaker. Both main busses are connected to the BATTERY BUS via a 90 Ampre circuit breaker. Both generator power output lines also run through a current sensor for each alternator, which provides an indication of the power being supplied to the electrical system by an alternator including the current for battery charging on the G1000. In the event of a main battery failure the field of each alternator is energized by two 12 V, 7.2 Ah sealed lead acid batteries (ECU backup battery) connected in series, which are installed under the passengers' seats. The ECU backup batteries provide also electrical power for the ECU for a time of 30 minutes (condition). The ENGINE MASTER LH (RH) switches connect the ECU backup battery to the alternator field via a 10 Ampre fuse.
Page 7 - 50
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
Alternator Control: Each alternator has an alternator control unit. It measures the alternator output voltage and controls the current through the alternator field coils via a pulse-width modulated signal. To keep the output voltage stable in all load and speed situations, the alternator field signal is modulated accordingly. The alternator control unit includes a comprehensive set of diagnostic functions that will warn the operator using a caution message (L/R ALTN FAIL) on the G1000 PFD in case of over- or undervoltage as well as a couple of other internal warning levels.
Storage Main battery power is stored in a 24 V, 13.6 Ah lead-acid battery mounted on the right-aft side of the front baggage compartment. The main battery is connected to the HOT BATTERY BUS and to the BATTERY BUS via the 'battery'-relay which is installed in the relay junction box on the center-aft side of the front baggage compartment. The battery relay is controlled with the ELECT. MASTER switch which is located on the left-hand side of the instrument panel. In addition, a non-rechargeable dry battery is installed as a further source of power for the backup attitude gyro (artificial horizon) and the flood light. When the EMERGENCY switch is set to ON, these two systems are supplied with power for at least 1.5 hours, independent of all other electrical consumers. During each 100 hour inspection, this battery is checked for proper functioning. Every 2 years or after use (broken seal on the switch) the battery package must be replaced.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 7 - 51
DA 42 NG AFM
Distribution Electrical power is distributed via the HOT BATTERY BUS, the BATTERY BUS, the LH (RH) ECU BUS, the LH (RH) MAIN BUS, and the AVIONIC BUS. HOT BATTERY BUS: The HOT BATTERY BUS is directly connected to the main battery and cannot be disconnected from the main battery. The HOT BATTERY BUS provides power to the pilot map/reading light and ELT RCPI unit which are protected by there own fuses. BATTERY BUS: The BATTERY BUS is connected to the main battery via the battery relay which can be controlled by the ELECT. MASTER switch. The BATTERY BUS provides power to the LH (RH) MAIN BUS and heavy duty power to both starters. ECU BUS: The LH (RH) ECU BUS is connected to the LH (RH) MAIN BUS via a diode and connected to the power output line of the alternator via diode and a 30 Ampre circuit breaker and provides power for the ECU A and ECU B via the LH (RH) ECU A (B) relays which are controlled by the LH (RH) ENGINE MASTER switch. The LH (RH) ENGINE MASTER switch must be set to ON to connect the ECU A and ECU B to the ECU BUS. To support the alternator electrical power supply to the ECUs in case of a malfunction of the main battery, additional sealed-lead-acid batteries (ECU backup battery) are connected to the RH and LH ECU bus. These batteries are able to provide 30 minutes of engine operation in case of a complete airplane electrical failure. Both engines may stop if the 30 minutes have elapsed.
Page 7 - 52
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
MAIN BUS: The LH (RH) MAIN BUS is connected to the BATTERY BUS via a 90 Ampre circuit breaker. The LH MAIN BUS provides power to the consumers directly connected to the LH MAIN BUS. The RH MAIN BUS provides power to the consumers directly connected to the RH MAIN BUS and the AVIONIC BUS via the avionics master relay. The AVIONIC MASTER switch must be set to ON to connect the RH MAIN BUS to the AVIONIC BUS. Consumers The individual consumers (e.g. radio, position lights, etc.) are connected to the appropriate bus via automatic circuit breakers. Designations and abbreviations used to identify the circuit breakers are explained in Section 1.5 - DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS. Voltmeter The voltmeter displays the voltage of the electrical system. Under normal operating conditions the alternator voltage is shown, otherwise it displays the main battery voltage. Ammeter The ammeter displays the intensity of current which is supplied to the electrical system by the LH (RH) alternator. Landing and Taxi Lights Landing and taxi lights are built into the wing center section, and are each operated by means of a switch (LANDING, TAXI) located on the row of switches on the instrument panel.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 7 - 53
DA 42 NG AFM
Position and Strobe Lights Combined position and strobe lights (anti collision lights) are installed on both wing tips. Each system is operated by a switch (POSITION, STROBE) located on the row of switches on the instrument panel. Flood Light A two-dimensional light emitter is mounted above the instrument panel. It illuminates the instrument panel as well as all levers, switches, etc. The flood light is switched on and its brightness is adjusted by means of a rotary button (FLOOD) in the LH section of the instrument panel. Instrument Lighting With a rotary button (INSTRUMENT) in the LH section of the instrument panel the internal lighting of the instruments is switched on and its brightness is adjusted. Pitot Heating The Pitot probe, which provides measurement for the Pitot-static system, is electrically heated. The heating is activated with a switch (PITOT HEAT) located on the row of switches on the instrument panel. The temperature is automatically kept constant by means of a thermal switch on the Pitot probe, and as an additional safety measure a thermal fuse is built in. If this thermal fuse is activated, the Pitot heating can no longer be switched on, and the PITOT FAIL will be displayed. In this case the system should be serviced. The PITOT HT OFF is on if the Pitot heating is switched off.
Page 7 - 54
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
External Power Socket The DA 42 NG has an external 28 Volt DC power socket located on the lower surface of the fuselage nose section. When external power is connected, the control relay is energized and the external power comes online. The socket itself has three pins: a large negative pin a large positive pin a small positive pin
A diode protects the system from reverse polarity.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 7 - 55
DA 42 NG AFM
7.10.2 ELECTRICAL ENGINE CONTROL UNIT / ECU Engine Control and Regulation The Electrical ECU is used to control the engine actuators (e.g. fuel injectors) according to the engine sensor information. The ECU monitors, controls and regulates all important parameters for engine operation. Sensors installed are: - Oil temperature (lubrication system engine) / OIL TEMP - Oil pressure (lubrication system engine) / OIL PRES - Coolant temperature / COOLANT TEMP - Gearbox temperature / GEARBOX - Camshaft RPM (twice) - Crankshaft RPM (twice) - Fuel pressure in the common rail - Manifold pressure - Manifold air temperature - Ambient air pressure - Propeller governor / oil pressure - Power lever position (twice) - Voltage - Starter switch signal - Fuel pressure - VOTER switch signal - ECU TEST switch signal
Page 7 - 56
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
In accordance with the received signals and a comparison with the programmed characteristic diagrams the necessary inputs are calculated and transmitted by the following signal lines to the engine: - Signal for propeller governor pressure valve - Signal for the rail-pressure regulation valve - Signal for each of the 4 injection nozzles - Activation of the glow plugs - Signal for the waste gate valve The following alerts are displayed on PFD of the G1000: - Glow sparks active - Status ECU A - Status ECU B The Electrical ECU consists of two similar ECUs. A VOTER switch is integrated in the Electrical ECU and proposes an ECU to control the engine regarding the ECU operating hours or in case of a failure the ECU with better engine control capability. A fault in one of the ECUs is indicated by a caution message on the PFD (L/R ECU A/B FAIL). After the indication of the L/R ECU A/B FAIL caution message, the engine must be serviced.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 7 - 57
DA 42 NG AFM
7.10.3 WARNING, CAUTION AND ADVISORY MESSAGES Crew Alerting System (CAS) The G1000 crew alerting system (CAS) is designed to provide visual and aural alerts to the flight crew. Alerts are divided into three levels as follows:
WARNING CAUTION ADVISORY
Crew alerts will appear in the alerts window on the PFD. In this window warnings will appear at the top, followed by cautions and advisories, respectively. Within the criticality levels, messages will appear from newest (top) to oldest (bottom). At the low right corner of the display there is a MSG (message) soft key. The MSG key provides two functions in the CAS: 1. Pressing the MSG key acknowledges a new master warning / caution / advisory indication. 2. An additional MSG key press with no master alert indication active will open a pop-up auxiliary flight display (AFD) page that contains information for all active alerts. This structure allows the crew to scroll through all system alerts if the alerts window overflows. This approach displays the most critical alerts close to the pilots primary field of view at all times, with the option of allowing lower criticality alerts to overflow and be accessible from the pop-up AFD page/window.
Page 7 - 58
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
Alert Levels Level Warning Text Color Red Importance May require immediate corrective action Audible Tone Warning chime tone which repeats without delay until acknowledged by the crew Single warning chime tone None None Lowest None
Caution Annunciation Advisory Message Advisory Safe Operation Annunciation
Amber White White Green
May require future corrective action
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 7 - 59
DA 42 NG AFM
Warning Alerts on the G1000 Warning alerts L/R ENG TEMP L/R OIL TEMP L/R OIL PRES L/R FUEL TEMP L/R GBOX TEMP L/R FUEL PRES Meaning / Cause The annunciation is active when the engine coolant temperature is greater than 105 C. The annunciation is active when the engine oil temperature is greater than 140 C. The annunciation is active when the engine oil pressure is less than 1.5 bar. The annunciation is active when the fuel temperature is greater than 60 C. The annunciation is active when the gearbox oil temperature is greater than 120 C. The annunciation is active when the engine fuel pressure is low. L/R ALTN AMPS L/R ENG FIRE L/R STARTER DOOR OPEN POSN ERROR ATTITUDE FAIL AIRSPEED FAIL ALTITUDE FAIL The annunciation is active when the alternator load is greater than 70 amps. The annunciation is active when an engine fire is detected. This annunciation is used to indicate to the pilot that the starter is engaged when it should not be. The annunciation is used to indicate to the pilot if the baggage-, canopy- or rear door is open. The annunciation is active when the G1000 will no longer provide GPS based navigational guidance. The annunciation is active when the display system is not receiving attitude reference information from the AHRS. The annunciation is active when the display system is not receiving airspeed input from the air data computer. The annunciation is active when the display system is not receiving altitude input from the air data computer.
Page 7 - 60
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
Warning alerts VERT SPEED FAIL HDG WARN
Meaning / Cause The annunciation is active when the display system is not receiving vertical speed input from the air data computer. The annunciation is active when the display system is not receiving valid heading input from the AHRS. This annunciation constitutes a RAIM position warning. The nav deviation bar is removed.
Audible Warning Alerts Warning alerts Meaning / Cause A warning chime tone which repeats without delay is active when the landing gear is retracted while the flaps move into the LDG position or when the POWER lever is placed in a position below 25 %.
Landing gear retracted
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 7 - 61
DA 42 NG AFM
Caution Alerts on the G1000 Caution alerts Meaning / Cause The annunciation is active when a fault in ECU A or ECU B has occurred. In case of minor faults, the annunciation can be reset once by pressing the ECU TEST button for more than 2 seconds. However, the annunciation will re-appear upon the next attempt to start the engine. The annunciation is active when the fuel quantity is below 4 1 US gal usable fuel. The annunciation is active when bus voltage is less than 25 Volts. The annunciation is active when the alternator has failed. The annunciation is active when engine coolant level is low. The annunciation is active when the Pitot heater is failed. The annunciation is active when the Pitot heat is off. The annunciation is active when the stall heater is failed. The annunciation is active when the stall heater is off. Control stick limiting system (variable elevator stop) has failed. This annunciation can only occur when the auxiliary fuel tank system (optional equipment) is installed. The annunciation is active when the L/R auxiliary fuel tank is empty and the AUX PUMP is ON. The annunciation is active when RAIM (Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitor) is not available. The annunciation is active when the AHRS (Attitude and Heading Reference System) is aligning. Landing gear is not down and locked.
L/R ECU A FAIL or L/R ECU B FAIL
L/R FUEL LOW L/R VOLTS LOW L/R ALTN FAIL L/R COOL LVL PITOT FAIL PITOT HT OFF STAL HT FAIL STAL HT OFF STICK LIMIT
L/R AUX FUEL E
INTEG RAIM not available AHRS ALIGN: Keep Wings Level CHECK GEAR
Page 7 - 62
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
Caution alerts DEICE LVL LO DEICE PRES HI DEICE PRES LO
Meaning / Cause De-icing fluid level is low (if installed). De-icing pressure is high (if installed). De-icing pressure is low (if installed).
Annunciation Advisory Alerts on the G1000 Advisory alerts L/R GLOW ON L/R AUXPUMP ON Meaning / Cause The annunciation is active when the glow plugs are powered. The annunciation is active when fuel transfer from auxiliary to main tank is in progress (if installed).
Message Advisory Alerts on the G1000 Advisory alerts PFD FAN FAIL MFD FAN FAIL GIA FAN FAIL Meaning / Cause The annunciation is active when the PFD fan is inoperative. The annunciation is active when the MFD fan is inoperative. The annunciation is active when the GIA fan is inoperative.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 7 - 63
DA 42 NG AFM
7.11 PITOT-STATIC SYSTEM

Total pressure is measured at the leading edge of a Pitot probe under the left wing. The static pressure is measured through the static ports in the rear fuselage. To protect against dirt and condensation there are filters in the system. The Pitot probe is electrically heated. With the alternate static valve, the static pressure in the cabin can be used as static pressure source in the event of a failure of the Pitot-static system.
7.12 STALL WARNING SYSTEM

The lift detector of the DA 42 NG is located on the front edge of the left wing below the wing chord line. It is supplied electrically and provides a stall warning, before the angle of attack becomes critical. The stall status is announced to the pilot by a continuous sound in the cockpit. The lift detector vane, the mounting plate and the complete housing are heated to prevent icing. Heating is engaged together with the Pitot heating.
Page 7 - 64
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
7.13 GARMIN G1000 INTEGRATED AVIONICS SYSTEM

7.13.1 GENERAL The Gamin G1000 is a fully integrated flight, engine, communication, navigation and surveillance instrumentation system. This integrated avionics system consists of a primary flight display (PFD), a multi-function display (MFD), an audio panel, an attitude and heading reference system (AHRS), an air data computer (ADC) and the sensors and computers to process flight and engine information for display to the pilot. The system contains dual GPS receivers, dual VOR/ILS receivers, dual VHF communications transceivers, a transponder, and an integrated annunciation system to alert the pilot of certain abnormal conditions. A remote avionic box is located behind the aft baggage compartment frame. A push-to-talk (PTT) button for the COM portion of the G1000 is mounted on the end of each control stick. There are connection facilities for up to 4 headsets between the front seats. Refer to the Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide, P/N 190-00963-00 and Garmin G1000 Pilot's Guide for the Diamond DA 42 NG, P/N 190-00962-00 for complete descriptions of the G1000 system and operating procedures.
NOTE
Near the DME ground station, it can happen under certain adverse conditions that the Bendix/King KN 63 DME loses the direct signal from the ground station and locks onto an "echo". This will result in an inaccurate indication of the distance.
NOTE
During retraction and extension of the landing gear the ADF-indication may be inaccurate.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 7 - 65
DA 42 NG AFM
7.13.2 PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY (PFD) The primary flight display (PFD; see figure below) typically displays airspeed, attitude, altitude, and heading information in a traditional format. Slip information is shown as a trapezoid under the bank pointer. One width of the trapezoid is equal to a one ball width slip. Rate of turn information is shown on the scale above the compass rose; full scale deflection is equal to a standard rate turn. The following controls are available on the PFD (clockwise from top right): * * * * * * * * * * * * * Communications frequency volume and squelch knob Communications frequency set knobs Communications frequency transfer button Altimeter setting knob (baro set) Course knob Map range knob and cursor control FMS control buttons and knob PFD softkey buttons, including master warning/caution acknowledgment Altitude reference set knob Heading bug control Navigation frequency transfer button Navigation frequency set knobs Navigation frequency volume and identifier knob
Page 7 - 66
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
The PFD displays the crew alerting (annunciator) system. When a warning or caution message is received, a warning or caution annunciator will flash on the PFD, accompanied by an aural tone. A warning is accompanied by a repeating tone, and a caution is accompanied by a single tone. Acknowledging the alert will cancel the flashing and provide a text description of the message. Refer to Chapter 3 - EMERGENCY PROCEDURES, Chapter 4B - ABNORMAL OPERATING PROCEDURES, and Section 7.10.3 - WARNING, CAUTION AND ADVISORY MESSAGES.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 7 - 67
DA 42 NG AFM
Advisory messages related to G1000 system status are shown in white and are accompanied by a white flashing ADVISORY alert. Refer to the G1000 Pilot's Guide and Cockpit Reference Guide for descriptions of the messages and recommended actions (if applicable). Trend vectors are shown on the airspeed and altimeter displays as a magenta line predicting 6 seconds at the current rate. The turn rate indicator also functions as a trend indicator on the compass scale. The PFD can be displayed in a composite format for emergency use by pressing the DISPLAY BACKUP button on the audio panel. In the composite mode, the full crew alerting function remains, but no map functions are available.
7.13.3 MULTI-FUNCTION DISPLAY (MFD) The multi-function display (MFD) typically displays engine data, maps, terrain, traffic and topography displays, and flight planning and progress information. The display unit is, nearly identical to the PFD and contains the same controls as previously listed. Additionally the MFD incorporates the controls for the autopilot system. Engine instruments are displayed on the MFD. Discrete engine sensor information is processed by the Garmin engine airframe (GEA) sub-system. When an engine sensor indicates a value outside the normal operating range, the legend will turn yellow for caution range, and turn red and flash for warning range. Also refer to Section 7.9.4 - ENGINE INSTRUMENTS.
Page 7 - 68
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
7.13.4 AUDIO PANEL The audio panel contains traditional transmitter and receiver selectors, as well as an integral intercom and marker beacon system. The marker beacon lights appear on the PFD. In addition, a clearance recorder records the last 2 minutes of received audio. Lights above the selections indicate what selections are active. Pressing the red DISPLAY BACKUP button on the audio panel causes both the PFD and MFD to display a composite mode.
7.13.5 ATTITUDE AND HEADING REFERENCE SYSTEM (AHRS) The attitude and heading reference system (AHRS) uses GPS, rate sensors, air data, and magnetic variation to determine pitch and roll attitude, sideslip and heading. Operation is possible in a degraded mode if the system loses any of these inputs. Status messages alert the crew of the loss of any of these inputs. The AHRS will align while the airplane is in motion, but will align quicker if the wings are kept level during the alignment process.
7.13.6 AIR DATA COMPUTER (ADC) The air data computer (ADC) provides airspeed, altitude, vertical speed, and air temperature to the display system. In addition to the primary displays, this information is used by the FMS and TIS systems.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 7 - 69
DA 42 NG AFM
7.14 AVIONICS
7.14.1 AUTOPILOT SYSTEM General The GFC 700 automatic flight control system (AFCS) is a 3 axis autopilot and flight director system which provides the pilot with the following features: altitude preselect and altitude hold (ALT); yaw damper; flight level change with airspeed hold (FLC); vertical speed hold (VS); navigation tracking for VOR (NAV) and GPS (GPS); heading hold (HDG); approach mode and go around (GA) pitch/roll guidance. The system consists of autopilot controls on the multi-function display (MFD), servos with autopilot processing logic, flight director processing logic in the GIAs, a control stick-mounted elevator trim switch, a control stick mounted trim interrupt and autopilot disconnect switch, a control stick mounted CWS (control wheel steering) switch, a power lever mounted GA (go-around) switch, and PFD/MFD-mounted altitude preselect, heading, and course knobs. The GFC 700 autopilot contains an electric pitch trim system which is used by the autopilot for automatic pitch trim during autopilot operation and by the pilot for manual electric pitch trim when the autopilot is not engaged. The manual electric pitch trim is operated by a split switch on the pilot's control stick. The GFC 700 autopilot and manual electric trim (MET) will not operate until the system has satisfactorily completed a preflight test. The preflight test begins automatically with initial power application to the autopilot (AVIONIC MASTER switch is set to the ON position). The following conditions will cause the autopilot to automatically disconnect: - Electrical power failure - Internal autopilot system failure - AHRS malfunction - Loss of air data computer information
Page 7 - 70
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
The GFC 700 may be manually disconnected by any of the following means: - Depressing the red AP DISC button on the pilot's or co-pilot's control stick - Moving the left (outboard) side of the manual electric trim switch on the pilot's control stick - Pushing the AP button on the autopilot mode controller when the autopilot is engaged - Depressing the GA button on the left side of the power lever - Pulling the AUTOPILOT circuit breaker - Turning off the AVIONICS MASTER switch - Turning off the ELECT. MASTER switch
In addition, the CWS (control wheel steering) switch on the pilot's control stick will disconnect the autopilot servos from the airplane flight controls as long as the CWS switch is depressed. Power to the GFC 700 autopilot and electric trim system is supplied through the AVIONIC MASTER switch and the AUTOPILOT circuit breaker. The AVIONIC MASTER switch can be used as an additional means to disable the autopilot and electric trim system. The red AP DISC switch on the pilot's control stick will interrupt power to the manual electric trim for as long as the switch is depressed. Loss of instruments or components of the G1000 system will affect the GFC 700 AFCS as follows: - Loss of the AHRS will cause the autopilot to disconnect. The autopilot and flight director will be inoperative. Manual electric trim will be available. - Loss of the heading function of the AHRS will result in loss of the HDG mode. If in HDG mode at the time heading is lost, the autopilot will revert to basic roll mode (ROL).
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 7 - 71
DA 42 NG AFM
- Loss of the MFD will not cause the autopilot to disconnect, and will remain engaged with limited functionality, but the autopilot cannot be re-engaged after disconnect by the pilot. - Loss of the PFD will cause the autopilot to disconnect. The autopilot and flight director will be inoperative. Manual electric trim will be available. - Loss of air data computer information will cause the autopilot to disconnect. The autopilot will be inoperative. The flight director will be available except for air data modes (ALT, VS, FLC). Manual electric trim is available. - Loss of GIA #1 will cause the autopilot to disconnect. The autopilot, flight director and manual electric trim will be inoperative. Loss of GIA #2 will also prevent autopilot and manual electric trim operation, but flight director will be available. - Loss of the standby airspeed indicator, standby attitude indicator, standby altimeter, or compass will have no effect on the autopilot. - Loss of both GPS systems will cause the autopilot and flight director to operate in NAV modes (LOC, BC, VOR, VAPP) with reduced accuracy. Course intercept and station crossing performance may be improved by executing intercepts and station crossings in HDG mode, then reselecting NAV mode. The GFC 700 automatic flight control system (AFCS) installed in the Diamond DA 42 NG consists of the following components: One GDU which contains the following mode control buttons: AP FD HDG NAV APR (Autopilot engage/disengage) (Flight director on/off) (Heading mode on/off) (Nav mode on/off) (Approach mode on/off)
Page 7 - 72
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
ALT VS FLC
(Altitude hold mode on/off) (Vertical speed mode on/off) (Flight level change mode on/off)
NOSE UP and NOSE DN (Vertical mode reference change) YD (Yaw damper on/off)
This GDU is installed as the MFD. Servos with autopilot processing logic in the pitch, roll, yaw and pitch trim control systems Servo mounts and brackets Flight director processing logic in the GIAs Control stick-mounted manual electric trim (MET) switch (split switch) for pitch trim Control stick-mounted trim interrupt and autopilot disconnect switch Control stick-mounted CWS (control wheel steering) switch Remote-mounted go-around switch (on the left side of the power lever knob) PFD/MFD mounted altitude preselect knob (ALT) PFD/MFD mounted heading select knob (HDG)
Flight director commands and autopilot modes are displayed on the PFD. Full AFCS functionality is only available with both displays operating, and will disconnect under certain reversionary conditions. Upon initial system power-up, the system undergoes a preflight test. At the end of the test, the autopilot disconnect tone sounds and the PFT and AFCS annunciations are removed. Successful completion of the preflight test is required for the autopilot and manual electric trim to engage.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 7 - 73
DA 42 NG AFM
Annunciation of the flight director and autopilot modes is shown in the lower status field of the PFD. In general, green indicates active modes and white indicates armed modes. When a mode is directly selected by the pilot, no flashing of the mode will occur. When automatic mode changes occur, they will be annunciated with a flashing annunciation of the new mode for ten seconds in green. If a mode becomes unavailable for whatever reason, the mode will flash for ten seconds in yellow and be replaced by the new mode in green. Normal autopilot disconnects are annunciated with a yellow flashing AP on the PFD accompanied by a two second autopilot disconnect tone. Normal disconnects are those initiated by the pilot with the AP DISC switch, the MET switch, the AP button on the MFD mode controller, or the GA button. Abnormal disconnects will be accompanied by a red flashing AP on the PFD accompanied by a continuous autopilot disconnect tone. The disconnect tone and flashing alert may be cancelled by pressing the AP DISC switch or the left side of the MET switch. Refer to the Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide, P/N 190-00963-00, and Garmin G1000 Pilot's Guide for the Diamond DA 42 NG, P/N 190-00962-00, for complete descriptions of the G1000 system and operating procedures. Power Supply The AVIONIC MASTER switch supplies power to the avionics bus bar of the radio circuit breakers and the autopilot circuit breaker. The following circuit breaker is used to protect the following element of the GFC 700 autopilot: Circuit Breaker AUTOPILOT Function Supplies power to the autopilot pitch, roll, yaw and pitch trim servos.
Page 7 - 74
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
7.14.2 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM ANNUNCIATIONS AND ALERTS Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS) Status Alerts The following annunciations can appear on the PFD above the airspeed and attitude indicators. Only one annunciation occurs at a time, and messages are priorized by criticality.
Warning Alerts on the Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS) Warning alerts PFT AFCS PTCH ROL YAW Meaning / Cause PREFLIGHT TEST - Preflight system test failed; aural alert sounds at failure. SYSTEM FAILURE - AP and MET are unavailable; FD may still be available. PITCH FAILURE - Pitch axis control failure; AP inoperative. ROLL FAILURE - Roll axis control failure; AP inoperative. YAW DAMPER FAILURE - Yaw damper control failure; AP inoperative. PITCH TRIM FAILURE (or stuck AP TRIM switch) - if AP engaged, take control of the airplane and disengage AP. If AP disengaged, move AP TRIM switches separately to release.
PTRM
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 7 - 75
DA 42 NG AFM
Caution Alerts on the Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS) Caution alerts 8ELE 9ELE 7AIL AIL6 7RUD RUD6 Meaning / Cause ELEVATOR MISTRIM UP - Pitch servo providing sustained force in the indicated direction. ELEVATOR MISTRIM DOWN - Pitch servo providing sustained force in the indicated direction. AILERON MISTRIM LEFT - Roll servo providing sustained force in indicated direction. AILERON MISTRIM RIGHT - Roll servo providing sustained force in indicated direction. RUDDER MISTRIM LEFT - Yaw servo providing sustained force in the indicated direction. RUDDER MISTRIM RIGHT - Yaw servo providing sustained force in the indicated direction.
Advisory Alerts on the Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS) Advisory alerts Meaning / Cause PREFLIGHT TEST - Performing preflight system test; aural alert sounds at completion. Do not press the AP DISC switch during servo power-up and preflight system tests as this may cause the preflight system test to fail or never to start (if servos fail their power-up tests). Power must be cycled to the servos to remedy the situation.
PFT
Page 7 - 76
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
Handling, Care, Maintenance
CHAPTER 8 AIRPLANE HANDLING, CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Page 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 AIRPLANE INSPECTION INTERVALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 AIRPLANE ALTERATIONS OR REPAIRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 SERVICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 8.4.1 REFUELING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 8.4.2 ENGINE OIL LEVEL CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4 8.4.3 GEARBOX OIL LEVEL CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4 8.4.4 TIRE INFLATION PRESSURE CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5 8.5 GROUND HANDLING / ROAD TRANSPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6 8.5.1 GROUND HANDLING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6 8.5.2 PARKING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7 8.5.3 MOORING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 8.5.4 JACKING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 8.6 CLEANING AND CARE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10 8.6.1 PAINTED SURFACES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10 8.6.2 CANOPY AND REAR DOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11 8.6.3 PROPELLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11 8.6.4 ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11 8.6.5 INTERIOR SURFACES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11 8.7 GROUND DE-ICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 8 - 1
DA 42 NG AFM
8.1
INTRODUCTION
Chapter 8 contains the manufacturer's recommended procedures for proper ground handling and servicing of the airplane. The Airplane Maintenance Manual (Doc. No. 7.02.15) lists certain inspection and maintenance requirements which must be followed if the airplane is to retain a new plane performance and reliability.
8.2
AIRPLANE INSPECTION INTERVALS
Inspections are scheduled every 50, 100, 200, 1000 and 2000 hours. Independent of the flight hours an annual inspection must be performed every year. A non-recurring engine inspection must be performed on new engines after 3 to 6 hours. The respective inspection checklists are prescribed in the Airplane Maintenance Manual, Chapter 05. For maintenance work on engine and propeller, the currently effective Operator's Manuals, Service Instructions, Service Letters and Service Bulletins of Austro Engine and mt-Propeller must be followed. For airframe inspections, the currently effective checklists/manuals, Service Bulletins and Service Instructions of the manufacturer must be followed.
CAUTION
Unscheduled maintenance checks are required after: - hard landings - propeller strike - engine fire - lightning strike - occurrence of other malfunctions and damage Unscheduled maintenance checks are described in the Airplane Maintenance Manual (Doc. No. 7.02.15; Section 05-50).
Page 8 - 2
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
8.3
AIRPLANE ALTERATIONS OR REPAIRS
Alterations or repairs to the airplane may be carried out only according to the Airplane Maintenance Manual, Doc. No. 7.02.15, and only by authorized personnel.
8.4
SERVICING
8.4.1 REFUELING
WARNING
Do not allow fire, sparks or heat near fuel. Fuel burns violently and can cause injury to persons and damage to the airplane.
WARNING
Do not get fuel on your skin. Fuel can cause skin disease.
WARNING
Connect the airplane and the fuel supply vehicle to electrical ground before refueling. If you do not ground the airplane, static electricity can cause fire during refueling.
WARNING
Make sure that a suitable fire extinguisher is available at all times during refueling.
WARNING
Turn off all ground equipment in the refueling area.
WARNING
Do not operate electrical switches in the airplane during refueling.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 8 - 3
DA 42 NG AFM
CAUTION
Use only approved fuel types given in Chapter 2. 1. Ground the airplane and the fuel supply vehicle electrically. 2. Remove the fuel filler cap (located on top of the outer wing). Check cap retaining cable for damage. 3. Refuel the airplane. 4. Install the fuel filler cap. 5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 for the other wing. 6. Remove the ground cable from the airplane and the fuel supply vehicle. 8.4.2 ENGINE OIL LEVEL CHECK 1. Open the inspection door on top of the upper left cowling. 2. Remove the filler cap. 3. Clean the oil dip-stick. 4. Install the filler cap. 5. Remove the filler cap again. 6. Read the oil level from the dip-stick. 7. If necessary, add engine oil and repeat steps 3 to 6. 8. Install the filler cap. 9. Close the inspection door. 10. Repeat steps 1 to 9 for the other engine. 8.4.3 GEARBOX OIL LEVEL CHECK 1. Open the inspection door on the forward left side of the lower cowling. 2. Check gearbox oil level in inspection window. 3. Close the inspection door. 4. Repeat steps 1 to 3 for the other engine.
Page 8 - 4
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
8.4.4 TIRE INFLATION PRESSURE CHECK 1. Remove dust cap from valve stem by turning counterclockwise. 2. Connect tire gauge to valve stem, read pressure. 3. Correct pressure if necessary (nose tire 6.0 bar/87 psi, main tires 4.7 bar/68 psi). 4. Install dust cap on valve stem by turning clockwise.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 8 - 5
DA 42 NG AFM
8.5
GROUND HANDLING / ROAD TRANSPORT
8.5.1 GROUND HANDLING For pushing or pulling the airplane on the ground, it is recommended to use the tow bar which is available from the manufacturer. The tow bar is engaged in the appropriate hole in the nose wheel as shown on the picture.
Tow bar
WARNING
The tow bar must be removed before starting the engine.
CAUTION
The tow bar may only be used for moving the airplane on the ground by hand. After moving the airplane, the tow bar must be removed.
Page 8 - 6
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
CAUTION
Towing with towing vehicles is not approved.
NOTE
If the engine is not used for more than 4 weeks an engine ground run must be performed. Refer to AE Operation Manual, Doc. No. E4.01.01, latest revision. 8.5.2 PARKING For short term parking, the airplane must be positioned into the wind, the parking brake must be engaged and the wing flaps must be in the retracted position. For extended and unattended parking, as well as in unpredictable wind conditions, the airplane must be anchored to the ground or placed in a hangar. Parking in a hangar is recommended. Control surfaces gust lock The manufacturer offers a control surfaces gust lock which can be used to block the primary controls. It is recommended that the control surfaces gust lock be used when parking outdoors, because otherwise the control surfaces can hit the stops in strong tail wind. This can lead to excessive wear or damage.
WARNING
The control surfaces gust lock must be removed before flight. The control surfaces gust lock is installed as follows: 1. Move the rudder pedals fully forward. 2. Engage the control surfaces gustlock with the pedals. 3. Engage the stick, wrap straps around stick once. 4. Attach the locks and tighten the straps. For removal reverse the sequence.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 8 - 7
DA 42 NG AFM
Page 8 - 8
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
8.5.3 MOORING Near the lower end of the tail fin of the airplane there is a hole which can be used to tie down the airplane to the ground. Also on each wing near the wing tip, an eyelet with a metric M8 thread can be installed and used as tie-down points. 8.5.4 JACKING The airplane can be jacked at the two jackpoints located on the lower side of the center wing's LH and RH root ribs as well as at the tail fin.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 8 - 9
DA 42 NG AFM
8.6
CLEANING AND CARE
CAUTION
The airplane must be kept clean. The bright surface prevents the structure from overheating.
CAUTION
Excessive dirt deteriorates the flight performance.
8.6.1 PAINTED SURFACES The entire surface of the airplane is painted with a white weatherproof two component paint. Nevertheless, it is recommended to protect the airplane against moisture and dampness. It is also recommended not to store the airplane outside for long periods of time. Dirt, insects, etc. can be removed with water alone and if necessary with a mild detergent. An automotive paint cleaner can be used for stubborn spots. For best results, clean the airplane after the day's flying is ended, so that the dirt will not become ingrained. Oil stains, exhaust stains, etc. on the lower fuselage skin can be removed with a cold detergent. Before starting, ensure that the detergent does not affect the surface finish. Use commercial automotive preservatives without silicone additives to conserve the paint finish.
Page 8 - 10
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
8.6.2 CANOPY AND REAR DOOR The canopy, rear door and rear window should be cleaned with 'Plexiklar' or any other acrylic glass detergent if available; otherwise use lukewarm water. Final cleaning should be carried out with a clean piece of chamois leather or soft cloth. Never rub or polish dry acrylic glass. 8.6.3 PROPELLER Damage and malfunctions during operation must be inspected by authorized personnel. Surface The manufacturer uses PU paint or acrylic paint which is resistant to almost any solvent. The blades may be treated with commercial automotive cleaning agents or preservatives. The penetration of moisture into the wooden core must be avoided by all means. Should doubts arise, an appropriately rated inspector must be consulted. 8.6.4 ENGINE Engine cleaning is part of the scheduled inspections. 8.6.5 INTERIOR SURFACES The interior should be cleaned using a vacuum cleaner. All loose items (pens, bags etc.) should be removed or properly stored and secured. All instruments can be cleaned using a soft dry cloth. Plastic surfaces should be wiped clean using a damp cloth without any cleaning agents. The leather interior should be treated with leather sealer within 3 months since new, and then at intervals of 3 to 6 months. Clean the leather interior with an appropriate mild leather cleaning agent and a soft cleaning brush for leather. Note that the acrylic glass windows transmit the ultraviolet radiation from the sun.
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 8 - 11
DA 42 NG AFM
8.7
GROUND DE-ICING
Approved deicing fluids are: Manufacturer Kilfrost Aeroshell TKS 80 Compound 07 AL-5 (DTD 406B) Name
1. Remove any snow from the airplane using a soft brush. 2. Spray deicing fluid onto ice-covered surfaces using a suitable spray bottle. 3. Use a soft piece of cloth to wipe the airplane dry.
Page 8 - 12
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
DA 42 NG AFM
Supplements
CHAPTER 9 SUPPLEMENTS
Page
9.1 9.2
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 LIST OF SUPPLEMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Page 9 - 1
Supplements
DA 42 NG AFM
9.1
INTRODUCTION
Chapter 9 contains information concerning additional (optional) equipment of the DA 42 NG. Unless otherwise stated, the procedures given in the Supplements must be applied in addition to the procedures given in the main part of the Airplane Flight Manual. All approved supplements are listed in the List of Supplements in this Chapter. The Airplane Flight Manual contains exactly those Supplements which correspond to the installed equipment according to the Equipment Inventory of Section 6.5.
9.2
LIST OF SUPPLEMENTS
Registration: Title Rev. No. Date: Date applicable YES NO 9
Airplane S/N: Sup. No.
S02
Ice Protection System
18-Feb-2009
S04
Continuous Flow Oxygen System
18-Feb-2009
Page 9 - 2
Rev. 1
18-Feb-2009
Doc. No. 7.01.15-E

DA42 NG AFM r1 Complete

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

DA42 NG AFM r1 Complete

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

DA42 NG AFM r1 Complete

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

DA 42 NG AFM

Intentionally left blank.

Rev. Reason No.

Chap- Page(s) ter

EASA ACG Approval No. Compliance

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Intentionally left blank.

Doc. No. 7.01.15-E

OM 42-053 OM 42-055 OM 42-056 OM 42-067 OM 42-070 OM 42-101

9 yes 9 yes 9 yes 9 yes 9 yes 9 yes

Doc. No. 7.01.15-E

Doc. No. 7.01.15-E

WARNINGS, CAUTIONS AND NOTES

Doc. No. 7.01.15-E

Aileron Area (total, left + right) : 0.66 m 7.1 sq.ft.

Doc. No. 7.01.15-E

Wing Flaps Area (total, left + right) : 2.18 m 23.5 sq.ft.

: -1.1 relative to longitudinal axis of airplane

Doc. No. 7.01.15-E

DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS

Doc. No. 7.01.15-E

vx: vy: vYSE:

Doc. No. 7.01.15-E

Doc. No. 7.01.15-E

MET: NAV: RoC:

Weather, weather advice. Navigation, route planning. Rate of Climb.

Doc. No. 7.01.15-E

Doc. No. 7.01.15-E

Doc. No. 7.01.15-E

Doc. No. 7.01.15-E

Doc. No. 7.01.15-E

(g) Equipment ELT: Emergency Locator Transmitter

Doc. No. 7.01.15-E

[km/h] kilometers per hour [m/s] meters per second

[kts] [mph] [fpm]

Speed of rotation Mass Force, weight Pressure

[hPa] hectopascals [mbar] millibars [bar] bars degrees Celsius

Doc. No. 7.01.15-E

Doc. No. 7.01.15-E

Doc. No. 7.01.15-E

Doc. No. 7.01.15-E

G1000 AVIONICS SYSTEM

Doc. No. 7.01.15-E

Doc. No. 7.01.15-E

Doc. No. 7.01.15-E

Doc. No. 7.01.15-E

Intentionally left blank.

Doc. No. 7.01.15-E

CHAPTER 2 OPERATING LIMITATIONS

Doc. No. 7.01.15-E

Doc. No. 7.01.15-E

Doc. No. 7.01.15-E

Operating maneuvering speed

Max. flaps extended speed Max. landing gear operating speed

Extension vLOE Retraction vLOR

Max. landing gear extended speed

Minimum control speed airborne

Max. structural cruising speed

Never exceed speed in smooth air